Omnicell

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☐
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024
OR
☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from
to
Commission File No. 000-33043
OMNICELL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
94-3166458
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
4220 North Freeway
Fort Worth, TX 76137
(Address of registrant’s principal executive offices, including zip code)
(877) 415-9990
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value
OMCL
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to
Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
submit such files). Yes ☒No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company,
or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large Accelerated Filer ☒
Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☐
Smaller reporting company ☐
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its
internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm
that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant
included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation
received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐No ☒
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2024 was
$1.2 billion (based upon the closing sales price of such stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on such date) which excludes an
aggregate of 522,820 shares of the registrant’s common stock held by officers, directors and affiliated stockholders. For purposes of determining whether
a stockholder was an affiliate of the registrant at June 30, 2024, the registrant has assumed that a stockholder was an affiliate of the registrant at
June 30, 2024 if such stockholder (i) beneficially owned 10% or more of the registrant’s common stock and/or (ii) was affiliated with an executive officer
or director of the registrant at June 30, 2024. Exclusion of such shares should not be construed to indicate that any such person possesses the power,
direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the registrant or that such person is controlled by or under common
control with the registrant.
As of February 19, 2025, there were 46,759,414 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the United States Securities
and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K are
incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10-14 of this Form 10-K.

OMNICELL, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PART I
Item 1.
Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Item 1A.
Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51
Item 1C.
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51
Item 2.
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54
PART II
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55
Item 6.
[Reserved] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
69
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
69
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
69
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70
Item 9B.
Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70
Item 9C.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70
PART III
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
71
Item 11.
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
71
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
71
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
. . . . . . .
72
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-1
OTHER
Signatures
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S-1
2

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (or “Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
“Exchange Act”).The forward-looking statements are contained throughout this Annual Report including in
the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipates,”
“believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “goals,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,”
“predicts,” “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would,” and variations of these terms and similar
expressions.
Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions, and are subject to
known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which may cause our actual
results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied in the forward-
looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include those described throughout this Annual Report, including
in Part I — Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and Part II — Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to
place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements should be considered in
light of these risks and uncertainties. You should carefully read this Annual Report and the documents that
we reference in this Annual Report and have filed as exhibits, as well as other documents we file with, or furnish
to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) from time to time, with the understanding that
our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. The forward-looking statements in
this Annual Report represent our current estimates and assumptions and speak only as of the date of this Annual
Report. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements publicly,
or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-
looking statements, whether as a result of changed circumstances, future events, even if new information becomes
available in the future, or otherwise.
The following risks related to our business, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially
from those described in the forward-looking statements:
• unfavorable general economic and market conditions;
• our ability to take advantage of growth opportunities and develop and commercialize new solutions and
enhance existing solutions, including incorporating artificial intelligence technology;
• reductions in demand in the capital equipment market or reductions in the demand for or adoption of
our solutions, systems, or services;
• delays in installations of our medication management solutions or our more complex medication
packaging systems;
• transitioning to selling more products and services on a subscription basis;
• our ability to acquire companies, businesses, or technologies and successfully integrate such acquisitions;
• failing to maintain expected service levels when providing our SaaS and Expert Services or retaining our
SaaS and Expert Services customers;
• meeting the demands of, or maintain relationships with, institutional, retail, and specialty pharmacy
customers;
• investments in new business strategies or initiatives;
• continued and increased competition from current and future competitors in the medication management
automation solutions market and the medication adherence solutions market;
• our substantial debt obligations;
• disruptions to our information technology systems and breaches of data security or cyber-attacks on our
systems or solutions;
• effectiveness of business continuity plans during any future cybersecurity incidents;
3

• government regulations, legislative changes, fraud and anti-kickback statues, products liability claims,
the outcome of legal proceedings, and other legal obligations related to healthcare, privacy, data protection,
and information security, and the costs of compliance with, and potential liability associated with, our
actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations;
• changes to the 340B Program;
• operating in foreign countries;
• covenants in our credit agreement could restrict our business and operations;
• climate change, legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change and a focus on ESG
matters by various stakeholders;
• recruiting and retaining skilled and motivated personnel;
• protecting our intellectual property;
• availability and sources of raw materials and components or price fluctuations, shortages, or interruptions
of supply;
• dependence on a limited number of suppliers for certain components, equipment, and raw materials, as
well as technologies provided by third-party vendors;
• fluctuations in quarterly and annual operating results;
• failing to meet (or significantly exceeding) our publicly announced financial guidance; and
• other factors set forth under “Risk Factors.”
Other Information
All references in this Annual Report to “Omnicell,” “our,” “us,” “we,” or “the Company” collectively refer
to Omnicell, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries. The term “Omnicell, Inc.” refers only to Omnicell,
Inc., excluding its subsidiaries.
We own various registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks used in our business, some of
which appear in this Annual Report, including Omnicell®. This Annual Report may also include the trademarks
and service marks of other companies. Such trademarks and service marks are the marks of their respective
owners.
Information posted on or accessible through websites referenced in this Annual Report is not incorporated
by reference or otherwise included in this Annual Report, and any references to these websites are intended to
be inactive textual references only.
4

PART I
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
Overview
Omnicell, a leader in transforming the pharmacy and nursing care delivery model, is committed to
solving the critical challenges inherent in medication management and elevating the role of clinicians within
healthcare as an essential component of care delivery. Omnicell is focused on helping its customers define
and deliver a cost-effective medication management strategy designed to equip and empower pharmacists and
nurses to focus on patient care rather than administrative tasks, and to drive improved clinical, operational,
and financial outcomes across all care settings. We are doing this with an industry-leading medication
management infrastructure which includes robotics and smart devices, software workflows, expert services,
and operational and optimization analytics. This comprehensive set of solutions provides the critical
foundation for customers to realize the Autonomous Pharmacy, an industry-wide vision defined by pharmacy
leaders for improving operational efficiencies and ultimately targeting zero-error medication management.
Business Strategy
In 2023, the United States spent $723 billion on prescription drugs, a 13.6% increase from 2022. This
was the largest annual spending increase in 20 years and impacted patients in virtually all settings of care.
We believe there are significant challenges facing the practice of pharmacy today including, but not limited
to, budget constraints, increased healthcare worker turnover rates, labor shortages, drug shortages, drug
diversion, manual and error-prone processes, complex compliance requirements, and limited inventory
visibility. Each of these challenges may lead to poor medication management outcomes including, but not
limited to, medication errors, adverse drug events, lack of patient adherence, and medication waste. We also
recognize that these challenges may impact the timing of contracting for, or implementation of, our
products, solutions, or services. However, we believe that over time these significant challenges to the practice
of pharmacy will drive demand for increased automation, visibility, insights, and improved medication
management outcomes that our solutions are designed to enable. Because of this, we believe that our solutions
are well-positioned to address the evolving needs of healthcare institutions and therefore present
opportunities for long-term growth.
In an effort to address these challenges and deliver solutions to help drive positive medication
management outcomes, we continue to make significant investments in our research and development
efforts to further advance the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy. Furthermore, we believe
a combination of robotics and smart devices, software workflows, expert services, and operational and
optimization analytics is needed in every care setting where medications are managed. We are focused on
delivering solutions to help our customers realize the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy
and drive positive medication management outcomes with outstanding customer experience through a
mature channel in four market categories:
• Points of Care.
As a market leader, we expect to continue expansion into this product market as
customers increase the use of our dispensing systems in more areas within their hospitals and
increasingly in ambulatory care settings. Macroeconomic trends in our target market continue to
improve as health system margins and volumes increase and stabilize in the post-pandemic
environment. This positive trajectory is expected to drive increased demand for system modernization
through automation, software, and analytics. We are seeing customers seek to maximize the value
of existing automated dispensing system investments and continue to invest in next-generation
enhancements and solutions for points of care. We believe that customers will upgrade their current
installed base over time as we deliver these new solutions to market. We also believe there is an
opportunity for us to expand this offering and define a new standard for dispensing systems in
ambulatory settings. We believe our current solutions for Points of Care and new innovations and
services will continue to help customers drive improved clinical and financial outcomes.
• Central Pharmacy and IV Compounding.
This market represents the beginning of the medication
management process in acute care settings, and we believe it is a significant automation opportunity
for high volumes of manual, repetitive, and error-prone processes that are often common in
5

pharmacies today. Manual medication dispensing processes are usually labor intensive, error-prone,
and may lead to excess medication waste and expirations for our healthcare partners. Automating the
central pharmacy dispensing process should enable customers to reallocate pharmacy labor,
enhance dispensing accuracy and patient safety, and reduce medication waste and expirations.
Likewise, the manual compounding of sterile IV preparations can be error-prone and create significant
patient safety risks, and outsourcing sterile IV compounding could lead to increased medication
costs and lack of access to needed medications due to an inability to source medications when they
are required. As a result, we believe IV automation provides a significant opportunity to enhance
patient safety and reduce costs. We anticipate that these technology-enabled services will become
more critical as health systems continue to face labor shortages, increased financial pressure, and
supply chain disruptions.
• Specialty Pharmacy and 340B Program.
We believe that health systems will continue to invest in
programs that are intended to improve patient outcomes and drive cost savings by utilizing specialty
pharmacies and the federal 340B Drug Pricing Program (the “340B Program”). The 340B Program
allows qualifying hospitals and health systems to stretch federal resources and expand patient access to
healthcare by requiring manufacturers participating in Medicaid to sell outpatient drugs at
discounted prices to eligible healthcare organizations and covered entities. Specialty drugs are used
for treatment of complex conditions and often require intensive patient management and specialized
workflows for dispensing and care coordination. Specialty medications are projected to account for
nearly 60% of U.S. total spending on medications, with total spending projected to be approximately
$420 billion in 2025. Specialty pharmacies serve as the connection between patients, prescribing
physicians, and payers and work to streamline access and adherence to these specialty drugs. We
believe a solution that is designed to help health systems start or optimize their specialty pharmacy
programs and the related pharmaceutical aspects of patient care will help ensure continuity of care and
should contribute to the revenue and profitability of those organizations. We believe that a fully
optimized specialty pharmacy operation represents one of the largest economic opportunities for
hospitals and health systems.
• Ambulatory Care.
We believe ambulatory care, especially the retail and institutional market,
represents a significant opportunity as healthcare evolves. Retail pharmacies are expected to fill
4.98 billion prescriptions in 2025 and grow at a compound annual growth rate of around 7.1%, which
would result in an approximate $1.2 trillion market valuation by 2032. Additionally, the shift of
outpatient care from hospitals and physician offices to other, more convenient settings, such as retail
pharmacies and the home continues to be a growing trend. New technologies and increased scope
of practice for pharmacists appear to be spurring innovation and expansion of the provision of clinical
services by retail pharmacies. We believe this development, combined with the move to value-based
care, will drive the adoption of our patient engagement offerings. These solutions are intended to help
providers (including pharmacists) engage patients in new ways that are expected to improve
outcomes, reduce the total cost of care, and lead to more profitable operations.
Products and Services
Our products and services span the evolving continuum of care, including inpatient, outpatient, and
retail settings. We provide a range of points of care medication and supply dispensing systems, including
automated systems. We also offer advanced automation solutions including robotics designed to automate
work, streamline workflows, and reduce human error. Across these settings, we provide central pharmacy
automation solutions for both medication dispensing and IV compounding. We also provide patient
engagement solutions to help improve adherence to prescriptions. With certain automation and technology-
enabled service offerings, we provide expert services designed to help optimize utilization through
subscription agreements, inclusive of expert personnel to operate the equipment. Our offerings include:
Points of Care
Our automation solutions for points of care are designed to improve clinician workflows in patient
care areas of the healthcare system, such as nursing units, patient wards, operating rooms, and emergency
departments. Automated dispensing systems are an essential part of medication management because they
are designed to safeguard medications, including controlled substances, and provide automation to track
6

inventory. We strive to continually innovate our automated dispensing systems by designing features that
are intended to help our customers close gaps in safety and enable clinicians to spend less time managing
medications and more time caring for patients.
Our XT Series automated dispensing systems for medications and supplies, which are used in
nursing units and other clinical areas of the hospital, are designed to support workflows specific to each
area of the hospital, with various software and hardware options. Our Points of Care Service combines market-
leading automation, software workflows, expert services, and operational and optimization analytics in an
effort to improve solution adoption and optimization, enhance data-driven performance, and drive nursing
and pharmacy efficiency. For the operating room, we also offer specialized automated dispensing systems.
Our interoperability solutions enable integration of our automated dispensing systems with key electronic
health record systems to streamline workflow and increase accuracy.
Our XT Amplify program is intended as a way for health systems to continue to introduce innovation
even when challenged economically or operationally. This multi-year innovation program is designed to
maximize value for hospitals, health systems, and post-acute care facilities that have already invested in
Omnicell’s XT Series automated dispensing system and are seeking to enhance the capabilities of these devices
in an effort to improve clinical and operational outcomes even further. The solutions in the XT Amplify
program aim to enhance the performance and security of existing XT Series systems, extend item-level storage
and tracking to refrigerated medications, and improve the management of medical supplies in both XT
supply cabinets and open shelf locations. One of the core components of XT Amplify program is XTExtend,
a comprehensive console swap that is intended to provide a high level of security while enhancing the user
experience.
Central Pharmacy and IV Compounding
Our Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service combines advanced robotic technology, optimization
software, and onsite and remote experts, which is intended to automate and optimize the most cumbersome
aspects of the medication dispensing process. This comprehensive service is designed to help health
systems enhance patient safety and improve dispensing accuracy, reduce medication dispensing errors and
waste, and streamline workflows to enable pharmacy labor resources to focus on higher value tasks.
The expansion of many health systems across broad geographic regions due to mergers and acquisitions
activity and organic growth has created increased interest for many customers in the Centralized Services
model for enterprise-wide medication distribution. This model seeks to help create a more scalable and
standardized environment but can be costly and time consuming for a health system to implement on its own.
Our Central Med Automation Service integrates advanced robotics and smart devices with innovative
software and expert services in an effort to help health systems quickly establish and optimize a flexible and
scalable Centralized Services Center that streamlines medication dispensing, reduces manual tasks,
optimizes resource allocation, and standardizes processes throughout the health system.
Our IV Compounding Service seeks to help health systems reduce outsourcing costs, minimize
operating room drug waste, improve patient safety, and gain supply chain control by bringing IV
compounding in-house. This solution combines advanced IV robotics, analytics tools, and onsite and
remote experts in order to help optimize IV accuracy, sterility, and outcomes, while improving supply chain
control.
Specialty Pharmacy and 340B
Our Specialty Pharmacy Services offering provides a turnkey solution designed to help health systems
establish, manage, and optimize an entity-owned specialty pharmacy. This solution is delivered through a risk-
share commercial model and is intended for health systems, federally qualified health centers, and provider
groups to support onsite management of specialty pharmacy services, including payer contracting, staffing,
licensing, and 340B program administration. This offering is designed to drive specialty growth and cost
savings, improve access to limited distribution drugs, and increase physician utilization for targeted disease
states.
7

Inventory Optimization
Our Inventory Optimization Service provides predictive and prescriptive analytics, robust benchmarking,
workflow tools, and expert clinical resources to help pharmacy staff quickly pinpoint and address potential
inventory issues and optimization opportunities. Our Inventory Optimization Service is designed to
provide greater medication inventory visibility as well as reduce medication waste and expirations, stockouts,
and shortages.
Patient Engagement, Clinical and Financial Solutions
Our EnlivenHealth brand extends beyond the inpatient setting and into ambulatory care. This brand
offers a portfolio of products designed to digitally enable retail and community pharmacies with connected
patient engagement and clinical and financial workflows intended to elevate the patient-pharmacy
experience and enhance financial performance.
Our patient engagement solutions are designed to better educate, inform, and enrich patients’ lives
through personalized interactive voice response, outbound communications, and mobile app offerings. We
also enable digital delivery of medication information (medication guides, vaccine information sheets, and
drug monographs) in an effort to unlock patient preferences, staff efficiency, and environmental value.
Additionally, our clinical workflows help enable pharmacies to accelerate health and wellness in their
community through targeted patient interventions, appointment scheduling, immunization, medication
therapy management, medication synchronization, and Medicare plan comparisons. Furthermore, our
financial workflows are designed to streamline payments, cashflow, and claims for durable medical equipment,
vaccination, clinical care, and specialty drugs through medical billing and reconciliation solutions. These
digitally enabled services provide data-driven intelligence to help optimize pharmacy operations, as well as
patient adherence and outcomes.
Medication Adherence
Our medication adherence solutions, which include consumables and medication packaging systems,
are designed to improve pharmacy operations and patient adherence to prescriptions. These solutions are
used by institutional pharmacies serving long-term care and other non-acute healthcare facilities, as well as
retail, community, and outpatient pharmacies.
Our single-dose automation solutions allow customers to fill and label a variety of patient-specific, single-
dose medication blister packages based on incoming prescriptions. Our fully automated and semi-automated
filling equipment is designed specifically for institutional pharmacies with enough order volume to warrant
automated packaging of medications. Our automated solutions interface with pharmacy information systems
to obtain prescription information.
For multi-medication prescriptions, we offer software that guides users through the manual filling
process to help streamline workflow with a goal of increased packaging accuracy. In addition, we also offer
a wide range of medication blister card packaging and packaging supplies designed to enhance medication
adherence in a variety of non-acute care settings.
Professional, Technical, and Customer Success Services
Our Professional Services offerings for health system pharmacies include technology installation,
program management, customer education and training, change management services, and related offerings.
We view our customers as partners in the pursuit of better health outcomes for patients and improved
satisfaction for the clinicians who serve them.
After Omnicell solutions are implemented, our Customer Success team provides support through
remote and onsite experts who help customers fully adopt and optimize utilization of our solutions.
Our technical services include post-installation support and maintenance via phone and/or web, on-site
service, parts, and access to software upgrades. Product support is available through fixed-period service
contracts and on a time-and-materials basis. Onsite service is provided by our field service team.
8

Retail Pharmacy and Hospital Automation Outside the United States
Additional products sold outside the United States include automated dispensing systems used in
hospitals and retail pharmacies for handling the stocking and retrieval of boxed medications. For
management of medical supplies, a specialized cabinet that uses radio frequency identification is also
available, which is designed to improve picking and restocking workflows for nurses and surgeons.
Advancing Our Solutions
With more than 30 years of experience delivering medication management solutions, Omnicell believes
combining robotics and smart devices, software workflows, expert services, and operational and optimization
analytics will help deliver improved medication management outcomes. Software as a Service (“SaaS”) and
Expert Services (formerly Advanced Services) include services such as Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service,
IV Compounding Service, Points of Care Service, EnlivenHealth solutions, Specialty Pharmacy Services,
340B solutions, Inventory Optimization Service, and other software solutions and licensing support. Because
thousands of facilities utilize our services and solutions, we believe we can provide actionable insights to
help customers better understand their medication usage and improve pharmacy supply chain management.
We offer specialized services and analytics software designed to help healthcare facilities improve their
bottom line and patient care by harnessing data from automation and other systems.
Operating Segments
We manage our operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making
operating decisions. Our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is our Chief Executive Officer. The
CODM allocates resources and evaluates the performance of Omnicell at the consolidated level using our
consolidated net income. In addition, the CODM is provided with certain segment assets, primarily those
that impact liquidity, as well as certain significant expenses. All significant operating decisions are based upon
an analysis of Omnicell as one operating segment, which is the same as our reporting segment.
Industry Background and Market
We believe our solutions support the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy, are
strongly aligned with trends in the healthcare market, and are well-positioned to address the evolving needs
of healthcare institutions.
The healthcare industry continues to experience a significant degree of consolidation, with healthcare
providers combining to create larger healthcare delivery organizations. We believe this trend has increased
the market’s need for integrated medication management solutions on a unified platform to help improve
clinical and financial outcomes for both inpatient and outpatient settings. Our portfolio of robotics and smart
devices; software workflows; expert services; and operational and optimization analytics, combined with
innovation, is designed with this objective in mind.
In addition, healthcare providers and facilities continue to be affected by significant economic and
other pressures. Annual prescription drug expenditures in the United States were approximately $723 billion
in 2023, according to the IQVIA National Sales Perspective database. Based on a 2022 report by the
Health Care Cost Institute, the rise in prescription drug spending accounted for 39% of the total increase in
annual spending per person from 2018 to 2022. In addition, the second largest growth in spending for
professional services — defined as payments to physicians and other clinical care team members for services
provided in physician offices and hospitals — occurred among administered drugs, which accounted for
21% of the total net cumulative increase in professional services spending from 2018 to 2022. While the
cumulative growth in the average price of professional services was 7% between 2018 and 2022, the average
prices of physician-administered drugs grew the most at 47%. Rising costs of labor, prescription drugs, and
new medical technology all contribute to increased spending. Governmental pressures surrounding
healthcare reform and compliance have led to increased scrutiny of the cost and efficiency with which
healthcare providers deliver their services. These factors, combined with continuing consolidation in the
healthcare industry, have increased the need for the efficient delivery of healthcare in order to control costs
and elevated the strategic importance of medication management and pharmacy automation across the
continuum of care.
9

Furthermore, while complexities in medication management have increased over time along with the
volume of patients and medications, many manual processes are still used, resulting in inefficient tracking
and delivery of medications and supplies and increased administrative burden on many clinical staff.
According to a survey conducted by the American Society of Health-System Pharmacists in 2023,
approximately 73% of pharmacist activities are non-clinical in nature. In addition, many existing healthcare
information systems are unable to support the modernization of healthcare delivery processes or address
mandated patient safety initiatives. These factors contribute to medical errors and unnecessary process costs
across the healthcare sector including in medication management.
Regulation and industry guidelines, such as those issued by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
(“FDA”), the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”), The Joint Commission (an organization
that accredits U.S. health care organizations and programs), the U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention, the Institute
for Safe Medication Practices, and state boards of pharmacy in the areas of medication management —
including storage, security, and labeling — have created an environment of increased patient safety, awareness,
and regulatory control. Against this backdrop, healthcare organizations, desiring to improve quality and
avoid liability, are driven to prioritize investments in capital equipment, including pharmacy automation,
which is a standard of care, to improve patient safety. While the overall storage and security of medications
in hospitals have improved, there has been an increased focus on controlled substance management in
recent years, particularly in light of the opioid crisis in the United States. HealthcareDiversion.org estimates
that roughly 10% of all healthcare workers are anticipated to steal opioids and other substances from
patients and hospitals at some point in their career. Joint Commission surveyors are seeking more
documentation from hospitals demonstrating that their medication policies and procedures are adequate to
prevent illicit use of controlled substances.
Medication non-adherence is widely recognized as a common and costly problem. Poor adherence
results in increased hospital readmissions, deteriorated treatment outcomes, and avoidable healthcare costs.
The estimated annual cost of prescription-drug related morbidity and mortality resulting from non-optimized
medication therapy, including medication non-adherence, was $528 billion in 2016, according to a study
published in the Annals of Pharmacotherapy in 2018. In addition, a 2017 study published in the Journal of
the American Pharmacists Association found that medication issues are responsible for 26% of hospital
readmissions. With approximately 74 million Americans taking five or more medications routinely (based
on statistics published by the Center for Health Care Strategies and the U.S. Census Bureau in 2019), we
believe pharmacists need ways to support the arduous task of maintaining patient compliance. Medication
adherence can be improved through attitudinal and behavioral changes, which pharmacists can encourage
and help facilitate by providing interventional support, including adherence tools such as blister cards,
reminders, prescription synchronization, and patient engagement tools. We believe our EnlivenHealth
portfolio has the potential to reduce admissions and emergency department visits and improve patient health
by increasing medication adherence.
The 2023 American College of Healthcare Executives survey of hospital CEOs found that workforce
challenges were their top concern, with 86% of survey respondents mentioning shortages of nurses and 87%
citing shortages of technicians. While the nurse workforce rebounded after the pandemic, concerns of a
nursing shortage remain as the workforce ages and a significant segment nears retirement age. According to
Health Resources & Services Administration (HRSA) health workforce projections, demand for registered
nurses in 2036 is expected to exceed supply by 9%, indicating a potentially significant shortage of nurses in the
coming years. In addition, the shortage of pharmacy technicians, who are critical to clinical care in inpatient,
outpatient and retail settings, is also acute. A nationwide survey conducted in February 2024 by the
National Community Pharmacists Association found that 67% of the survey’s 385 independent pharmacy
owner/manager respondents said they were having a difficult time filling open staff positions. Pharmacy
technicians continue to be in the highest demand, with over 75% of respondents indicating that technician
positions were difficult to fill. In addition, a 2022 survey by the American Society of Health-System
Pharmacists found that over 90% of hospitals faced shortages of experienced pharmacy technicians, with
64% using pharmacists to perform technician activities. A 2023 survey by the American Society of Health-
System Pharmacists found continued challenges with the pharmacy technician workforce, with a turnover rate
of 25%.
Omnicell’s medication management infrastructure — incorporating technologies such as robotics and
smart devices, software workflows, expert services and operational and optimization analytics — is designed
10

to automate many labor-intensive medication management tasks. We believe this will help healthcare
providers optimize the use of existing pharmacy staff, which is expected to free up clinicians’ time for higher-
value, patient-engaging activities, such as medication therapy management, immunizations, point-of-care
testing, and disease state management.
Government Regulation
Our global operations may be affected by a variety of complex state, federal, and international laws
and regulations. These laws and regulations relate to healthcare (including medical devices and
pharmaceuticals), privacy, data protection and information security, compliance, import and export, trade,
healthcare fraud, waste and abuse (including anti-kickback and false claims laws), environmental standards,
anti-corruption, anti-bribery, labor and employment, as well as other areas of focus.
Privacy and Security
We receive, store, and process personal information and other data from our customers, employees, and
service providers. Our customers also use our products or services to obtain and store their personal
information, including protected health information (as defined by the Health Information Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996 and its implementing regulations, collectively “HIPAA”), from their patients and
customers and sometimes personal information of their employees. As a result, we and our customers are
subject to various laws and regulations related to privacy, data protection, and information security. In the
United States, these include federal health information privacy and security laws (such as HIPAA), various
state and federal privacy and security breach notification laws, consumer protection laws, and individual
state laws addressing privacy and security of personal and health information. Internationally, various foreign
jurisdictions in which we operate, including the European Union (the “EU”), have established, or are
developing, their own data privacy and security legal frameworks with which we or our customers are subject
to including, for example, the United Kingdom’s Data Protection Act 2018 (being the UK’s implementation
of the General Data Protection Regulation), and the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation (the
“GDPR”). The GDPR imposes accountability and transparency requirements, data protection requirements,
reporting obligations, and transfer restrictions.
Artificial Intelligence
Data and digital services regulation continues to expand, particularly with respect to the artificial
intelligence (“AI”) and automated decision making, which may further impact our and our customer’s
business and regulatory compliance strategies. For example, AI regulation and regulatory guidance continues
to emerge in response to President Biden’s Executive Order on Safe, Secure, and Trustworthy Artificial
Intelligence issued on October 30, 2023. In the U.S., in the 2024 legislative session, at least 45 states, Puerto
Rico, and the Virgin Islands, introduced AI bills, and 31 states, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands adopted
resolutions or enacted legislation impacting AI. In the EU, a number of new laws related to digital data
and AI have recently entered into force or have been proposed. For example, on December 8, 2023, EU
legislators reached agreement on the AI Act, which imposes regulatory requirements onto AI system providers,
importers, distributors, and users of AI systems, in accordance with the level of risk involved with the
AI system. The UK has not adopted formal legislation to regulate AI but has adopted guidelines in the
form of a White Paper.
Product Development, Manufacture and Sales
In the United States, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) regulates medical devices,
pharmaceutical and biological products under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FD&C Act”),
the Public Health Service Act (“PHSA”), and their respective implementing regulations. Medical devices,
pharmaceuticals and certain products are subject to rigorous regulation by the FDA, federal, state and
local statutes and regulations, including regulation by the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”)
and other governmental agency regulations in the United States and in foreign countries. Noncompliance
with applicable requirements can result in import detentions, fines, civil monetary penalties, injunctions,
suspensions or losses of regulatory approvals or licenses, recall or seizure of products, operating restrictions,
denial of export applications, governmental prohibitions on entering into supply contracts, and criminal
prosecution.
11

Certain of our products and solutions are regulated by the FDA and require 510(k) clearance prior to
commercialization and marketing. The manufacture and sale of most of our current medication management
solutions are not regulated by the FDA or the DEA. However, the pharmacy, dispensing, and compounding
activities of other persons (our customers) that use our current medication management solutions may be
subject to regulation by those agencies and by individual state boards of pharmacy. With respect to our
products and solutions, we manufacture and develop specifications for products classified as Class I and
Class II medical devices, which are subject to FDA regulation and require compliance with certain FDA
regulations and requirements, including the FDA Quality System Regulation as well as FDA regulations for
medical device reporting. We also offer a sterile consumable product that required FDA 510(k) review and
clearance prior to marketing and distribution. Products designated as medical devices are also subject to
various other regulatory requirements, including as applicable, FDA premarket clearance or approval;
establishment registration and device listing; complaint handling; notification and repair, replace, refund;
mandatory recalls; unique device identifier requirements; reports of removals and corrections; cybersecurity
requirements; and post-marketing surveillance.
Similarly, certain provisions of the FD&C Act govern the approval, manufacture, handling, distribution,
and tracking and tracing of pharmaceuticals. The FD&C Act also regulates which medications may be
compounded, and how certain compounded medications may be manufactured, distributed, and dispensed.
Companies engaged in distributing or dispensing compounded pharmaceuticals may be subject to a
number of requirements enforced by the FDA or other U.S. regulatory agencies. These requirements may
include compliance with United States Pharmacopoeia (“USP”) and National Formulary standards,
certificates of analysis, facility registration, and compliance with current good manufacturing practice
(“cGMP”).
Furthermore, our customers may also be subject to other laws, rules, or regulations that apply to
dispensers and licensing and other requirements under laws governing, and regulations promulgated by,
state boards of pharmacy, including those, as applicable, that apply to compounding facilities. Additionally,
our services and solutions may also be subject to DEA regulations, and applicable state regulations
(including states boards of pharmacy), concerning the management, storing, dispensing, and disposal of,
and accounting for, controlled substances.
Credentialing and Reimbursement
We also provide services and solutions to independent and health system specialty pharmacies that may
require us to observe U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“DHHS”) regulations for credentialing
of providers (pharmacists).
In the United States we are neither enrolled in nor participate under Medicare or any state Medicaid
program, and do not submit claims on our behalf to Medicare, Medicaid, or other government or commercial
third-party payers for reimbursement.
Healthcare Regulations
Our current and future arrangements with healthcare professionals, consultants, customers and
third-party payors expose us to broadly applicable healthcare regulation and enforcement by the U.S.
federal government and the states and foreign governments in which we conduct our business, such as fraud
and abuse, and transparency and health information privacy rules and regulations. The most common
healthcare laws and regulations that may impact our or our customers’ operations include but are not limited
to:
• The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a criminal law which prohibits, among other things, knowingly
and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying any “remuneration” (including any kickback or
bribe), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce, or in return for, either
the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order, arranging for, or recommending the purchase,
lease, or order of any item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under
federal healthcare programs (like Medicare or Medicaid). A person or entity can be found guilty of
violating the statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. A conviction
for violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute can result in criminal fines and/or imprisonment
12

and requires mandatory exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Exclusion from
the federal healthcare programs may also be imposed if the government determines that an entity
has committed acts that are prohibited by the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Although there are a
number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute
protecting certain common business arrangements and activities from prosecution or regulatory
sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration
to those who prescribe, purchase, or recommend pharmaceutical and biological products, may be
subject to scrutiny if they do not fit squarely within an exception or safe harbor. Our or our customers’
practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from Anti-Kickback
Statute liability.
• Federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act (“FCA”), which
prohibits, among other things: (i) knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for
payment of government funds that are false or fraudulent; (ii) knowingly making, or using or causing
to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim; (iii) knowingly
making, using or causing to made or used a false record or statement material to an obligation to
pay money to the government; or (iv) knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding,
decreasing, or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Under the FCA it is
illegal to submit claims for payment to Medicare or Medicaid that an individual knows or should
know are false or fraudulent; no specific intent to defraud is required. The civil FCA defines “knowing”
to include not only actual knowledge but also instances in which the person acted in deliberate
ignorance or reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. Filing false claims may
result in fines of up to three times the programs’ loss plus $11,000 per claim filed. Under the civil FCA,
each instance of an item or a service billed to Medicare or Medicaid counts as a claim. The fact
that a claim results from a kickback or is made in violation of the Stark Law (as defined herein) also
may render it false or fraudulent, creating liability under the civil FCA as well as the Anti-
Kickback Statute or Stark Law.
Private individuals, commonly known as “whistleblowers,” can bring FCA qui tam actions, on behalf
of the government and may share in amounts paid by the entity to the government in recovery or
settlement. In addition, as noted above, a claim including items or services resulting from a violation
of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the
FCA. Moreover, entities can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims
directly to government payers if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent
claims. FCA liability is potentially significant in the healthcare industry because the statute provides
for treble damages and significant mandatory penalties per false or fraudulent claim or statement
for violations. Such per-claim penalties are currently set at $13,508 to $27,018 per false claim or
statement for penalties assessed after January 30, 2023, with respect to violations occurring after
November 2, 2015. Under the criminal FCA penalties for submitting false claims include imprisonment
and criminal fines; the OIG also may impose administrative civil monetary penalties for false or
fraudulent claims.
• HIPAA imposes criminal liability and civil monetary penalties for executing a scheme to defraud any
health care benefit program or making false statements relating to health care matters. HIPAA,
which, among other things, prohibits knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a
scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payers, and prohibits
(i) knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any
materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation and (ii) making or using any
false writing or document knowing the same to contain any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent
statement or entry in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or
services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity can be found guilty of
violating the HIPAA fraud provisions without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to
violate it.
In addition to the fraud and abuse considerations, in relation to the HIPAA Security Rule, the
DHHS, in January 2025, issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“Proposed Rule”) aiming to
strengthen cybersecurity protections and better defend against cyber threats targeting the U.S. health
care system. The Proposed Rule attempts to strengthen the requirements of the HIPAA Security
13

Rule by clarifying and revising definitions and removing the distinction between “required” and
“addressable” implementation specifications. The Proposed Rule adds new implementation
requirements to better help ensure that HIPAA-regulated entities implement compliance activities
consistent with industry standard best practices, such as the NIST Cybersecurity Framework.
Regulated entities would be required to document, in writing, all HIPAA Security Rule policies and
procedures. At this point, the future of the Proposed Rule is unclear, as the newly elected U.S.
administration will likely determine whether to move forward with the rulemaking process.
• The Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law, which authorizes the imposition of substantial civil
monetary penalties against an entity that engages in activities including, among others (i) knowingly
presenting, or causing to be presented, a claim for services not provided as claimed or that is
otherwise false or fraudulent in any way; (ii) arranging for or contracting with an individual or entity
that is excluded from participation in federal healthcare programs to provide items or services
reimbursable by a federal healthcare program; (iii) violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute;
or (iv) failing to report and return a known overpayment. The Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) of
the DHHS may seek civil monetary penalties and sometimes exclusion for a wide variety of conduct
and is authorized to seek different amounts of penalties and assessments based on the type of
violation at issue. Penalties range from $10,000 to $50,000 per violation.
• Many U.S. states have laws and regulations analogous to Federal fraud and abuse laws, such as
individual state anti-kickback, fee-splitting and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or
marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-
governmental third-party payers, including private insurers.
• Various Federal laws, regulations, and agency issued guidance documents govern communications
and marketing, including to Medicare enrollees, and establish limits on (or prohibit) compensation
paid for lead generation activities, including the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”)
Medicare Communications and Marketing Guidelines (“MCMG”). The OIG has issued fraud
alerts addressing commission based sales agent arrangements, highlighting fraud and abuse concerns
in relation to same.
• The Health Resources & Services Administration’s 340B Program requires pharmaceutical
manufacturers participating in Medicaid to sell covered outpatient drugs at discounted prices to
specified health care organizations (called 340B covered entities), including, but not limited to: sole
community hospitals, critical access hospitals, rural referral centers, and certain disproportionate share
hospitals serving low-income and indigent patients. These 340B covered entities are responsible for
certain statutory obligations, such as a prohibition on duplicate discounts and on diversion, and are
required to have certain policies and records regarding their compliance with the 340B Program. 340B
covered entities may be audited with respect to their 340B Program compliance.
• The Physician Self-Referral Law, commonly referred to as the “Stark Law,” prohibits the submission,
or causing the submission, of claims in violation of the law’s restrictions on referrals. The Stark
Law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity (including pharmacies) for
the furnishing of “designated health services,”if the physician or a member of the physician’s immediate
family has a direct or indirect “financial relationship” with the entity, unless a specific exception
applies. Financial relationships include both ownership/investment interests and compensation
arrangements. The law further prohibits the entity from billing for any services that arise out of such
prohibited referrals. Certain of these provisions are applicable to the referral of Medicaid patients
as well. Designated health services include outpatient prescription drug services; clinical laboratory
services; physical therapy, occupational therapy, and outpatient speech-language pathology services;
radiology and certain other imaging services; radiation therapy services and supplies; durable
medical equipment and supplies; parenteral and enteral nutrients, equipment, and supplies; prosthetics,
orthotics, and prosthetic devices and supplies; home health services; outpatient prescription drugs;
and inpatient and outpatient hospital services. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute thus the
prohibition applies regardless of the rationale for the financial relationship and the reason for ordering
the service. Therefore, intent to commit an illegal act is not required in order for the government to
prove a violation of the Stark Law. Additionally, some states have enacted statutes and regulations
similar to the Stark Law, but which may be applicable to the referral of patients regardless of their
14

payer source and which may apply to different types of services. These state laws may contain
statutory and regulatory exceptions that are different from those of the federal law and that may
vary from state to state.
• Per the Exclusion Statute the OIG is legally required to exclude from participation in all Federal
health care programs individuals and entities convicted of certain types of criminal offenses, including
felony convictions for other health-care-related fraud, theft, or other financial misconduct. If a
person or entity is excluded by OIG from participation in the Federal health care programs, then
Medicare, Medicaid, and other Federal health care programs, such as TRICARE and the Veterans
Health Administration, will not pay for items or services that are furnished, ordered, or prescribed.
• The Physician Payments Sunshine Act, as known as “Open Payments”, is a national disclosure
program created by the Affordable Care Act that increases transparency into financial relationships
between the health care industry and physicians or teaching hospitals. Certain manufacturers of drugs,
devices, biologics and medical supplies, among others, are required to report annually to CMS
information related to payments and other transfers of value made by that entity to U.S.-licensed
physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), physician
assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, anesthesiologist assistants, certified registered
nurse anesthetists, certified nurse midwives, and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and
investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. The CMS collects data
annually, and makes it publicly available and searchable online at openpaymentsdata.cms.gov.
Individual states have their own “sunshine act reporting laws” which vary from state to state.
• The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws and regulations
(including the United Kingdom Bribery Act) pertaining to financial relationships and interactions
with foreign government officials, which prohibit U.S. companies and their employees, officers, and
representatives from paying, offering to pay, promising, or authorizing the payment of anything of
value to any foreign government official (including, potentially, healthcare professionals in countries
in which we may sell products), government staff member, political party, or political candidate to
obtain or retain business or to otherwise seek favorable treatment.
Some state laws require medical device and pharmaceutical companies to comply with industry
voluntary compliance guidelines (such as the AdvaMed Code of Ethics and PhRMA Code), or the relevant
compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, in addition to requiring manufacturers to
report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing
expenditures to the extent that those laws impose requirements that are more stringent than the Physician
Payments Sunshine Act. In addition, state and local laws may require the registration of sales representatives.
State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances,
many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus
complicating compliance efforts.
Violations of any of such laws, or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, may subject us
to significant penalties, including, without limitation, civil, criminal and administrative penalties, judicial
sanctions, which could include, among other actions, refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of
an approval, a clinical hold, warning letters, product recalls or withdrawals from the market, product
seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution injunctions, damages, fines, restitution,
disgorgement, or other civil or criminal penalties, as well as additional reporting requirements and oversight
if the company becomes subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve
allegations of non-compliance with these laws, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, refusals
of government contracts, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs (if we were so
participating) and imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.
Ex-U.S. Considerations
Since we manufacture and sell our products outside of the United States, certain products of a local
nature and variations of product lines must also meet the applicable national, provincial, state and local
regulatory requirements of the applicable country (“ex-U.S. regulatory requirements”). Additional risks are
inherent to conducting business outside the United States, including more robust information governance
15

and environmental regulations in the European Union, expropriation, nationalization, and other
governmental actions. Demand for many of our existing and new products is, and will continue to be,
affected by the extent to which ex-U.S. regulatory requirements increase our risk and/or expense to do
business in those countries.
Compliance with the laws and regulations applicable to our global operations is costly and requires
sufficient resources to actively maintain various governance, risk, and compliance systems in several areas
to enable us to keep abreast of the constantly evolving legal and regulatory landscape both in the United
States and abroad. These areas include, without limitation, FDCA and FDA, Controlled Substances Act and
DEA regulations, individual state boards of pharmacy regulations, and laws and regulations regarding
quality, privacy, information governance and security, and environmental, health and safety. We expect that
there will continue to be U.S. federal and state laws and regulations and international laws and regulations
that are adopted that could impact our operations and business. Any failure to comply with these laws and
regulations could result in a range of fines, penalties, damages, individual imprisonment, exclusion from
government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting obligations
and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations
of non-compliance with these laws, and/or other sanctions.
Recent Acquisitions
In addition to our own organic development, we have, from time to time, acquired businesses and
technologies that expand our product lines and are strategic fits for our business, and although no acquisitions
were completed in 2023 or 2024, we expect to continue to seek to acquire businesses, technologies, or
products in the future.
Sales and Distribution
We sell our products and services primarily in the United States. Approximately 91% of our revenue
was generated in this market for the year ended December 31, 2024. Our sales force is organized by customer
segment in the United States and Canada, with strategic and key account managers assigned to our top
health systems; account executives, assigned to smaller health systems and healthcare facilities; and health
system executives and solution experts focused on generating new business. Our sales in the United States and
Canada are primarily made direct to end-user customers with the exception of some distribution of
medication adherence consumables and automation in parts of Canada.
Outside of the United States and Canada, we have direct sales employees in the United Kingdom,
France, Germany, and Australia. For other geographies such as the Middle East, Asia, and Latin America,
we sell through distributors. In addition, our international team handles direct sales, installation, and service
for hospital healthcare facilities in the United Kingdom, Germany, and France, and for community
pharmacies in the United Kingdom, Germany, and Australia. Sales, installation, and service to healthcare
facilities are handled through distribution partners in other parts of Europe, Asia, Australia, the Middle East,
and Latin America. Our products are available in a variety of languages including Traditional Chinese,
Simplified Chinese, Croatian, Dutch, French, German, Japanese, Korean, Swedish, and Spanish. Our foreign
operations are discussed in Note 3, Revenues, and Note 7, Property and Equipment, of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our combined direct, corporate sales
support, and international distribution sales teams consisted of approximately 460 staff members as of
December 31, 2024. Nearly all of our direct sales team members have hospital capital equipment, services,
or clinical systems experience.
The sales cycle for our automation systems, from the initial sales meeting to completion of installation,
can take in excess of 12 to 24 months. This is due in part to the cost of our systems and the number of people
within each healthcare facility involved in the purchasing decision and installation process. To initiate the
selling process, the sales representative generally contacts the chief financial officer, chief pharmacy officer,
chief information officer, chief nursing officer, director of pharmacy, director of nursing, director of
information technology, director of materials management, or other decision makers, and actively engages
with each group within the healthcare facility about the economic, safety, efficiency, and compliance benefits
of our solutions relative to competing methods of managing medications or medical and surgical supplies.
16

In addition, particularly with respect to certain of our European customers, we also may discuss the
environmental, social, governance, or sustainability aspects of our products or services.
We contract with Group Purchasing Organizations (“GPOs”), each of which functions as a purchasing
agent on behalf of member hospitals and other healthcare providers. Pursuant to the terms of GPO
agreements, each member contracts directly with us and can purchase our products under pre-negotiated
contract terms and pricing. These GPO contracts are typically for multiple years with options to renew or
extend for up to two years and some of which can be terminated by either party at any time. Our current most
significant GPO contracts include Vizient, Inc., Premier Inc., HealthTrust Purchasing Group, and Advocate
Health Supply Chain Alliance. We also have a Federal Supply Schedule contract with the Department of
Veterans Affairs (the “GSA Contract”), allowing the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of
Defense, and other federal government customers to purchase our products. The accounts receivable balances
are with individual members of the GPOs and federal agencies that purchase under the GSA Contract,
and therefore no significant concentration of credit risk exists. During our fiscal year ended December 31,
2024, sales to members of the ten largest GPOs and federal agencies that purchase under the GSA Contract
accounted for approximately 65% of our total consolidated revenues.
We offer multi-year, non-cancelable lease payment terms to assist healthcare organizations in purchasing
our systems by reducing their cash flow requirements in a lease structure. We sell a portion of our multi-year
lease receivables to third-party leasing finance companies.
Our clinical and technical consulting team supports our sales force by working with our customers to
identify potential solutions intended to help them achieve their desired outcomes. Our Professional Services
team assists customers with the implementation of our solutions, including configuring our systems to
address the specific needs of each individual customer. After the solutions are implemented, our Customer
Success team provides remote and onsite experts who help our customers fully adopt and optimize utilization
of our solutions in an effort to achieve their desired clinical and business outcomes.
We offer telephone and web-based technical support and issue resolution through our U.S.-based
technical support centers. Our support centers are staffed 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. We have found
that a majority of our customers’ service issues can be addressed by our support engineers either by phone
or with remote diagnostic tools. In addition, our customers can enable access to allow us to remotely monitor
system performance of certain products. Where applicable, this suite of support tools is designed to
proactively monitor certain system statuses and can alert service personnel to potential problems to preempt
system failure and reduce unplanned downtime. Our field engineers deliver on-site services for hardware-
related issues and are deployed to customer sites based on solution expertise and geographic proximity to
customers. Additional support to our field services is provided by certified external partners as needed.
Manufacturing and Inventory
The manufacturing process for our automation products allows us to uniquely configure hardware and
software to meet a wide variety of individual customer needs. The automation product manufacturing process
consists primarily of the final assembly of components and testing of the completed product. Many of the
sub-assemblies and components we use are provided by third-party contract manufacturers or other suppliers.
The majority of these contract manufacturers and other suppliers are based in Asia and the U.S. We and
our partners test these sub-assemblies and perform inspections to assure the quality and reliability of our
products. While many components of our systems are standardized and available through multiple sources,
certain components or subsystems are fabricated by a single supplier according to our specifications,
schedules, and customer requirements, or are only available from limited sources. Our medication adherence
product manufacturing process consists of fabrication and assembly of equipment and mechanized
process manufacturing of consumables. We rely on a limited number of suppliers for the raw materials that
are necessary in the production of our consumable medication packages.
Our arrangements with contract manufacturers generally set forth quality, cost, and delivery
requirements, as well as manufacturing process terms, such as continuity of supply, inventory management,
capacity flexibility, quality and cost management, oversight of manufacturing, and conditions for the use
of our intellectual property.
17

Our operations organization procures components and schedules production based on the backlog of
customer orders. Installation of equipment and software typically occurs anywhere between three weeks to
12 months after the initial order is received. Larger or more complex implementations such as software-
enabled connected devices for Central Pharmacy, including, but not limited to, our Central Pharmacy
Dispensing Service and IV Compounding Service, are often installed between 12 and 24 months after the
initial order is received. We utilize our backlog to manage our installation, procurement, and production
activities to help improve inventory turns, reduce inventory scrap, and manage shipping costs. Shipment of
consumables typically occurs between one and four weeks after an order is received.
Competition
The markets in which we operate are intensely competitive. We compete directly with a number of
companies in the medication management automation solutions market, as well as the medication adherence
solutions market, on the basis of many factors, including price, quality, customer outcome, return on
investment, cost of operation, innovation, product features and capabilities, installation and service,
reputation and brand recognition, size of installed base, range of services and solutions, distribution, and
promotion. We expect continued and increased competition from current and future competitors in the
markets in which we operate, and are affected by evolving and new technologies, changes in industry standards
(including standards of care), and dynamic customer requirements.
Furthermore, the healthcare industry has experienced a significant degree of consolidation. This
consolidation may require us to adapt how we market, sell, or distribute our products. Similarly, healthcare
providers have consolidated to create larger healthcare delivery organizations. As market demands,
government regulations, and societal pressures continue to cause the healthcare industry to evolve, it could
result in further business consolidations and alliances among the industry participants with whom we engage
and compete.
We believe our industry-leading medication management infrastructure products and services compare
favorably with the offerings of our competitors, particularly with respect to the medication management
outcomes that we have helped enable our customers to achieve across the continuum of care, from inpatient
to outpatient, in each setting of care where medications are managed. We believe we have a strongly
differentiated outcome-centric approach to medication management that combines robotics and smart
devices, software workflows, expert services, and operational and optimization analytics.
Intellectual Property and Proprietary Technology
We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, copyright and trade secret laws, confidentiality
procedures, contractual restrictions, and licensing arrangements to protect our intellectual property rights.
We pursue patent protection in the United States and foreign jurisdictions for technology that we
believe to be proprietary and that may offer a potential competitive advantage for our products. Our issued
patents expire on various dates between 2025 and 2043. We intend to seek and obtain additional United States
and foreign patents on our technology.
Our product software is generally subject to copyright protection under applicable United States and
foreign copyright laws. We have also obtained United States and certain foreign registrations of various
trademarks, and we intend to seek and obtain additional registrations of our trademarks in the United States
and foreign jurisdictions.
Trade secrets and other confidential information are also important to our business. We protect our
trade secrets through a combination of contractual restrictions and confidentiality and licensing agreements.
Research and Development
Our research and development efforts start with collaborating with our customers. The insights we gain
from this collaboration help us develop solutions that are designed to address the customer’s unmet needs
and challenges. We continue to invest significantly in enhancing the value of our XT Series automated
dispensing systems through both hardware and software upgrades.
18

Additionally, we are making substantial investments to help our customers realize the industry-defined
vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy. This includes focusing on our cloud-based platform and assisting
customers in migrating from on-premise infrastructure to our cloud-based platform. We are also investing
in further development of technology-enabled software and services, including enhancements to our SaaS and
Expert Services offerings and building software designed to scale our current service offerings.
Our robotic automation capabilities are also evolving as we work to enhance and develop new solutions.
We have started the migration of our solutions to OmniSphere, our next generation, cloud native, software
workflow engine and data platform. OmniSphere is designed to seamlessly integrate enterprise robotics and
smart devices across the medication management continuum of care. The results of our research and
development efforts are expected to drive the advancement of our cloud-based offerings and accelerate the
realization of the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy.
Business under Government Contracts
A number of our U.S. government-owned or government-run hospital customers have signed five-year
leases, with payment terms that are subject to one-year government budget funding cycles. Failure of any of
our U.S. government customers to receive their annual funding could impair our ability to sell to these
customers, or to collect payments on our existing unsold leases. Effective September 2021, the U.S. government
mandated changes in its Federal Supply Schedule contract that resulted in our determination not to enter
into future leases with U.S. government customers. Our existing leases with U.S. government customers are
unaffected by this change. As such, our volume of U.S. government customer leases has declined over time
and will likely cease in the future. In addition, under the terms of the Federal Supply Schedule contract,
certain of our U.S. government customer contracts are terminable at the convenience of the applicable
U.S. government customer. Furthermore, on January 20, 2025, President Donald J. Trump announced an
executive order establishing the “Department of Government Efficiency” to reform federal government
processes, maximize government efficiency and productivity and reduce government expenditures. As a result,
there are uncertainties and pressures surrounding the U.S. federal government’s budget and budgetary
priorities, as well as pressures on government expenditures. If any of our government-owned or government-
run hospital customers decide to terminate their agreements early for any reason, we would not derive the
expected financial benefits from any such customer. For additional information regarding these leases, see the
risk factor captioned “Our U.S. government lease agreements are subject to annual budget funding cycles and
mandated changes, which may affect our ability to recognize revenues and sell receivables based on such leases,”
under Item 1A “Risk Factors”.
In addition, certain of our state or other municipal-run hospital customers may also be subject to
annual funding cycles or have contracts that are terminable at the convenience of the applicable state or
other municipal-run hospital customer. Should any of these customers not receive their annual funding or
decide to terminate their agreements early for any reason, we would not derive the expected financial benefits
from any such customer.
Financing Practices Relating to Working Capital
We assist healthcare facilities in financing their purchases of our systems by offering multi-year, non-
cancelable lease payment terms. We typically sell the majority of the multi-year lease receivables (other than
those associated with our SaaS and Expert Services, as described further below) to third-party leasing
finance companies, although our ability to sell these receivables may be influenced by the perception of our
customers’ ability to pay, or other restrictions, which may be influenced by factors outside of our control.
As part of our SaaS and Expert Services offering, we provide equipment and software at the inception
of the contract period, which is accounted for as a multi-year sales-type lease. These agreements are generally
multi-year and non-cancellable. We typically retain these lease receivables for such SaaS and Expert Services
in-house and service them for the duration of the associated service term.
For additional information regarding these financing activities, refer to Note 1, Organization and
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
19

Backlog
Backlog is the dollar amount of bookings that have not yet been recognized as revenue. Bookings for
those SaaS and Expert Services contracts without a minimum commitment are not included in backlog. In
addition, dependent upon counterparty or credit risk, which is evaluated at the time of contract signing, for a
given multi-year subscription contract we may reduce the portion of the contractual commitment booked
at a given time, and these excluded amounts are not included in backlog. A majority of our connected devices
and software license products are installable and recognized as revenues within twelve months of booking,
while service revenues from SaaS and Expert Services are recorded over the contractual term. Larger or more
complex implementations such as software-enabled connected devices for Central Pharmacy, including,
but not limited to, our Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service and IV Compounding Service, are often
installed and recognized as revenue between 12 and 24 months after booking. We consider backlog that is
expected to be converted to revenues in more than twelve months to be long-term backlog. We believe a
majority of long-term product backlog will be convertible into revenues in 12 to 24 months. Long-term SaaS
and Expert Services backlog typically represents multi-year subscription agreements (usually with
contractual terms of two to seven years, some of which have not yet been implemented) that will be converted
to revenue over the contractual term. Due to industry practice that allows customers to change order
configurations with limited advance notice prior to shipment and as customer installation schedules may
change, backlog as of any particular date may not necessarily indicate the timing of future revenue. However,
we do believe that backlog is an indication of a customer’s willingness to install our solutions and revenue
we expect to generate over time.
Going forward, we will no longer be reporting SaaS and Expert Services backlog information, as these
revenue streams will be captured by the new Annual Recurring Revenue (“ARR”) metric, which we will begin
utilizing as a key performance metric for our business, and is described in further detail in Item 7,
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the heading
“Our Business — 2025 Product Bookings and Annual Recurring Revenue — Annual Recurring Revenue.”
The chart below summarizes our total backlog under the definition of bookings in use through 2024:
December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Total backlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,201,296
$1,142,686
By type:
Product backlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 646,508
$ 610,832
SaaS and Expert Services backlog(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
554,788
531,854
By duration and type:
Short-term product backlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 447,412
$ 377,936
Long-term product backlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
199,096
232,896
Short-term SaaS and Expert Services backlog(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
93,113
$
72,455
Long-term SaaS and Expert Services backlog(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
461,675
459,399
(1)
Includes only the value of SaaS and Expert Services non-cancelable contracts with minimum
commitments.
Starting in 2025, we will utilize product bookings as a key performance metric for our business. The
new product bookings metric is described in greater detail in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the heading “Our Business — 2025 Product
Bookings and Annual Recurring Revenue — Product Bookings.” For comparative purposes, the table below
summarizes our backlog as of December 31, 2024 under the new definition of product bookings that we
will utilize to determine product backlog going forward beginning in 2025:
20

December 31,
2024
(In thousands)
Total product backlog(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$646,440
By duration:
Short-term product backlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$447,344
Long-term product backlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
199,096
(1)
Product backlog is the dollar amount of product bookings that have not yet been recognized as
revenue. A majority of our connected devices and software license products are installable and
recognized as revenues within twelve months of booking. Larger or more complex implementations
such as software-enabled connected devices for Central Pharmacy, including, but not limited to, our
Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service and IV Compounding Service, are often installed and recognized
as revenue between 12 and 24 months after booking. Due to industry practice that allows customers
to change order configurations with limited advance notice prior to shipment and as customer installation
schedules may change, backlog as of any particular date may not necessarily indicate the timing of
future revenue. However, we do believe that backlog is an indication of a customer’s willingness to install
our solutions and revenue we expect to generate over time. We consider backlog that is expected to be
converted to revenues in more than twelve months to be long-term backlog. We believe a majority of
long-term product backlog will be convertible into revenues in 12-24 months.
Environmental, Social, and Governance (“ESG”) Initiatives
We view Omnicell as a purpose-driven company with a social mission: Our goal of transforming
pharmacy care through outcomes-centric innovation is designed to optimize clinical and business outcomes
across all settings of care. Our teams are motivated by knowing that our work to improve medication
management across the continuum of care has a tangible, real-world impact on healthcare workers, patients,
and communities.
We recognize that we are accountable not only to our customers and stockholders, but also to the
global community. In April 2024, we published our 2023 ESG Report, which highlights our approach to
being responsible corporate citizens and describes and updates our contributions and work towards achieving
a more sustainable future. We adhere to internationally-recognized Organisation for Economic Co-operation
and Development guidance for the responsible sourcing of raw materials and continually work to enhance
the sustainability attributes of our products and improve the sustainability of our designs. In addition, we
seek to ensure access to high-quality, equitable, and integrated care for all patients worldwide. Furthermore,
we are focused on creating a culture of care, engagement, and well-being for all of our employees.
There continues to be evolving and increasing expectations from regulators, customers, investors, and
employees with respect to reducing and limiting greenhouse gas emissions and a focus on matters relating to
ESG activities, which requires deliberate, conscientious efforts to effect change. We are carefully studying
ways we can contribute to realize a 1.5° Celsius future by 2030, reduce waste in our product design and
manufacturing processes and develop product end-of-life solutions, as well as enhance our social and
governance initiatives, taking cues from our internal and external stakeholders, internal assessments, and
direction from the Corporate Governance Committee of Omnicell’s Board of Directors. As an organization,
we have adopted a risk-management approach using the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (“COSO”) framework to assess and reduce the impact of climate change on our
business strategy and operations. We continually seek to innovate and improve our business practices as we
strive to build “A Better Way.”
More information on our ESG initiatives and a copy of our 2023 ESG Report are available on our
corporate website, www.omnicell.com, under the “Company ESG” tab. We are not including the information
contained on, or that can be accessed through, this website as part of, or incorporating it by reference into,
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
21

Human Capital Management
As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately 3,670 employees worldwide (with approximately 3,100
located in either the United States or Canada), excluding individuals who are classified as temporary or
contractors.
We administer an annual employee engagement survey (“OmniVoices Engagement Survey”) using an
external third-party platform. The overall purpose of the survey is to gain employee feedback and take
action on the feedback in order to continue Omnicell’s journey of building a Culture of Care. For 2024, we
achieved an overall employee satisfaction score of 73. We believe that our ongoing investment in strengthening
Omnicell’s Culture of Care, Communication, Cross-collaboration, and Recognition programs, along with
our commitment to acting on employee feedback, contributed to an increase of 5 points in our employee
satisfaction score since the September 2023 survey (previously 68).
To further embed our Culture of Care aspirations, the People Organization established a Culture
Catalyst team, comprised of employees and leaders across the business. The purpose of this highly engaged
group of employees was to lead the creation and execution of a series of culture sprints with employees,
with the ultimate goal of defining Omnicell’s Culture of Care aspirations with a ground up approach. This
led to the creation of a Culture Statement that resonates with more than 80% of Omnicell’s global employee
base, across all levels, and serves as the north star of what makes us, uniquely us. In addition, this team,
under the guidance of the People Organization leadership team, has tackled several barriers with solutions
to ensure that all Omnicell employees are able to Walk the Talk to bring our Guiding Principles to life,
established Ask Me Anything sessions to create two-way dialogue between leaders and employees, and to
provide practical tools that will foster better collaboration and a One Team mindset.
Compensation and Benefits
• We embrace a strong pay-for-performance total rewards philosophy that we believe is competitive,
performance-based, and cost-effective. We offer market-competitive pay and a comprehensive benefits
package.
• Our bonus program is designed to incentivize our employees to focus on work that will further the
delivery of our annual priorities.
• We offer reward and recognition programs that embed our guiding principles into our Culture of
Care and everything we do, allowing for peer-to-peer recognition and motivating our employees to
continually work to advance our promise, our purpose, and our guiding principles.
• Our quarterly performance review process (Aspire) is designed to enable our talent to reach their
optimum levels of contribution to Omnicell’s business strategies, facilitates regular employee feedback,
and supports our pay-for-performance philosophy.
Health and Wellness
• We offer a comprehensive wellness program designed to promote a healthy lifestyle, including on-site
gym facilities, lifestyle spending rewards, on-site bio-metric screening, and employee assistance/
health coaching. In addition to making physical health a priority, we offer mental health counseling
and resources, financial coaching, and Virtual Health services (i.e., video/telephone health services).
Employee Development
• Our Organizational Development function plays a strategic role in helping us develop and retain
talent through an array of developmental experiences for employees to enable them to reach their
highest level of performance and potential at Omnicell. We strive to deliver consistent learning and
career growth development opportunities and experiences across all roles, functions, and locations.
Our engagement scores in employee growth opportunities and career path, both landing above
industry benchmarks, as measured by the OmniVoices Engagement Survey platform, reflect our
commitment to employee development.
• Our approach to employee development is designed to enable our Enterprise Strategy by unleashing
the potential of our people. In 2024, we continued core programs including 360 Development
22

Cohorts for People Leaders, Career Development Workshops and Elevate Learning Library in
Omnicell University for all employees and scaled the Lead Program to develop all People Leaders in
strategic capabilities (Leadership Imperatives) intended to create an exceptional employee experience
and workplace culture. To further embed a focus on continuous learning, we set up a working
group comprised of training professionals across the organization to develop a common set of modern
learning principles to create a more cohesive learning experience across all employee touchpoints.
• In 2024, we built on the foundations of our THRIVE Senior Leadership Talent Review and Succession
Process, which facilitates cross-functional identification of top talent, succession planning, and
individual development planning. We utilized this process to enhance our leadership profile by
assessing talent against the Leadership Imperatives and created Success Profiles for Senior Leadership
roles. This is expected to lead to more accurate top talent identification and targeted successor
development plans in an effort to accelerate readiness for critical roles. As a result of the process, the
Senior Leadership team was able to have a holistic view of the talent landscape and create a Talent
Action plan.
• We continued to align our Leadership Development offerings to support our Talent Philosophy —
Performance — Accountability — Transparency — Differentiation — Development. To this end, we
implemented people leader enablement programs including Performance Mindset Training, Leader
as Coach Workshop, and Executive level courses in Visual Storytelling and High Stakes
Communication. To increase effectiveness, each program included practical tools that are accessible
at the point of need, such as in OPTIC as part of the Aspire Performance Review process.
Recruiting and Retention
• We continue to expand the role of our talent acquisition team into the role of talent partner. Our
goal is to deliver strategic counsel and insights that support business leaders in making informed
decisions about workforce planning and development, ultimately driving organizational growth and
innovation through the power of talent. This transformation goes beyond traditional recruitment, as
we integrate ourselves deeply within the business framework. By partnering closely with different
departments, we gain an in-depth understanding of their unique challenges and goals. This
collaboration enhances our ability to not only align our talent acquisition strategies with Omnicell’s
overarching business objectives, but also to proactively address future talent needs. Through these
efforts, we have deployed a workforce strategy designed to identify and hire strategic talent for
critical roles in key locations. Leveraging digital recruiting platforms, social media engagement, and
university partnerships, we are not just expanding our employer brand, but also working to create a
talent pipeline that is both diverse and attuned to the evolving dynamics of our industry.
• Our commitment to a robust and thoughtful hiring process is unwavering. We understand that
candidates are our customers, and we strive to provide them with a positive and engaging experience.
By treating candidates with the same respect and attention as we do our customers, we build strong
relationships and attract the right talent.
• We have enhanced our recruiting efforts to enable faster and better decisions, save time for value-added
work, improve ease of job posting, and more efficiently manage the talent acquisition experience.
Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Belonging
At Omnicell, our ongoing commitment is to foster a positive, supportive, inclusive, and diverse work
environment across the entire Omnicell enterprise. We are building and cultivating a work environment that
is welcoming and engaging for every employee regardless of age, religion, race, ethnic origin, gender
identification, sexual orientation, veteran status, or disability. This commitment also extends to (i) our
suppliers as we continue to pursue opportunities to partner with an array of different suppliers and small
businesses; and (ii) our products and services as we seek to ensure they are inclusive and acceptable. In
addition, we are dedicated to advocating for health access for all and striving to ensure fair and equal access
to medication and comprehensive medication management support.
Available Information
We file reports and other information with, and furnish reports and other information to, the United
States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K,
23

Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and Proxy or Information Statements.
Those reports and statements as well as all amendments to those documents filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available: (1) at the SEC’s Internet site (www.sec.gov) and
(2) free of charge through our investor relations website, under the heading “Financials,” as soon as
reasonably practicable after electronic filing with, or furnishing to, the SEC. Our website address is
www.omnicell.com and our investor relations website is located at ir.omnicell.com.
Information About Our Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers as of the date of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Name
Age
Position
Randall A. Lipps
67
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Nchacha E. Etta
54
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Nnamdi Njoku
48
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Corey J. Manley
47
Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Administrative Officer
Randall A. Lipps was named Chief Executive Officer and President of Omnicell in October 2002.
Mr. Lipps has served as Chairman of the Board and a Director of Omnicell since founding Omnicell in
September 1992. Mr. Lipps received both a B.S. in economics and a B.B.A. from Southern Methodist
University.
Nchacha E. Etta joined Omnicell in June 2023 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
Prior to joining Omnicell, Mr. Etta served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Essilor
of America, Inc., a subsidiary of EssilorLuxottica SA, a global leader in ophthalmic medical devices and
products, from May 2019 to March 2022. From June 2015 to May 2019, Mr. Etta served as Worldwide Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Johnson & Johnson Vision, an operating company of Johnson &
Johnson, a global healthcare company. From February 2006 to June 2015, Mr. Etta held senior finance roles
at The Coca-Cola Company, a total beverage company. Prior to The Coca-Cola Company, Mr. Etta served
in financial roles of increasing responsibility at Microsoft Corporation, Eli Lilly & Company, and the Carlyle
Group. He started his career with Orano Cycle (previously Cogema) in Bethesda, MD. Mr. Etta received a
B.S. in accounting from George Mason University and an MBA in finance from Howard University.
Nnamdi Njoku joined Omnicell in October 2024 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.
Prior to joining Omnicell, Mr. Njoku served as President — Sports Medicine, Surgical, Upper Extremities
and Restorative Therapies of Zimmer Biomet Holdings, Inc., a global medical technology leader, from
March 2023 to September 2024. From April 2022 to March 2023, Mr. Njoku served as Senior Vice President &
President — Neuromodulation at Medtronic, Inc., a subsidiary of Medtronic plc, a leading global healthcare
technology company (“Medtronic”). Prior to that, he served as President — Mechanical Circulatory Support
from August 2019 to March 2022, as Vice President & General Manager — Transformative Solutions from
February 2018 to August 2019 and as Vice President, Surgical Synergy from September 2017 to
October 2018 at Medtronic. From August 2005 to August 2017, Mr. Njoku held executive operational roles
of increasing responsibility at Medtronic. Prior to Medtronic, Mr. Njoku served in operational roles of
increasing responsibility at UnitedHealth Group and Deloitte Consulting. Mr. Njoku received a Bachelor
of Arts degree in business administration from the University of St. Thomas and an MBA from Cornell
University.
Corey J. Manley joined Omnicell in April 2021 as Vice President and General Counsel. In May 2022,
Mr. Manley was named Senior Vice President and Chief Legal Officer. Subsequently, in June 2023,
Mr. Manley was named Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Administrative Officer. Prior to joining
Omnicell, he was Chief Legal Officer, Corporate Secretary, and Chief Compliance Officer with BFS
Capital, Inc., a global fintech company, from April 2018 to April 2021. From August 2014 until April 2018,
Mr. Manley was a partner in the law firm of Duane Morris LLP and prior to that he was a partner in the
law firm of Kirkland & Ellis LLP from November 2009 until August 2014. Mr. Manley holds a J.D. from the
University of Notre Dame Law School and a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Purdue University.
24

ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
Summary of Risk Factors
An investment in our company involves various risks. The following is a summary of these risks, but
does not address all of the risks that we face. Additional discussion of the risks that we face can be found
following this summary and should be carefully considered together with all of the other information
appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Risk Factors Related to our Business and Industry
• Economic Conditions and Demand Risks.
Weak or uncertain economic conditions may adversely
impact our business, as well as any reduction in demand for or adoption or installation of Omnicell’s
medication management solutions, medication packaging systems, or related services.
• Strategic Risks.
Our investments in new business strategies or initiatives, including our transition
to selling more products and services on a subscription basis, are inherently risky and may not be
successful or we may be unable to maintain our SaaS and Expert Services customers. In addition, we
may be unable to realize the potential benefits of our acquired businesses, including RxInnovation Inc.,
operating as FDS Amplicare® (“FDS Amplicare”), Omnicell Specialty Pharmacy Services, Inc.
(“Omnicell Specialty Pharmacy Services”), MarkeTouch Media, LLC (subsequently merged into
EnlivenHealth, Inc.), and Hub and Spoke Innovations, and risks related to investments in new business
strategies and initiatives could disrupt ongoing business and present risks not originally contemplated.
• Market Risks.
We are subject to continued and increased competition from current and future
competitors in the medication management automation solutions market and the medication
adherence solutions market, including price competition, industry and competitor consolidation,
competitor brand recognition, and in relationships with our suppliers and current and potential
customers.
• Technology Risks.
We may be unable to develop new solutions or enhance existing solutions to
react to changes in technology and customer requirements in a timely and cost-effective manner or
we may experience errors in the provision of our SaaS and Expert Services that could expose us to
liability. In addition, we may incorporate artificial intelligence technologies into certain of our products,
services, and processes or our vendors may incorporate artificial intelligence tools into their offerings
that may result in enhanced governmental or regulatory scrutiny, litigation, compliance issues,
ethical, confidentiality, or security concerns.
• Institutional, Retail, and Specialty Pharmacy Risks.
We may fail to meet the demands of, or
maintain relationships with, our institutional and retail pharmacy customers and we may be unable
to secure or maintain access to existing and future specialty drugs.
• Debt Risks.
We have substantial debt, which could impair our financial flexibility and access to
capital, and are subject to covenants in our Second A&R Credit Agreement (as defined below) that
restrict our business and operations.
• Legal, Regulatory, and Healthcare Industry Risks.
Government regulations, legislative changes,
fraud and anti-kickback statutes, product liability claims, the outcome of legal proceedings, and other
legal obligations related to healthcare, privacy, data protection, and information security, and the
costs of compliance with, and potential liability associated with, our actual or perceived failure to
comply with such obligations could adversely impact our business and operating results.
• Data Security Risks.
A significant disruption in our information technology systems, breaches of
data security, or cyber-attacks on our systems or solutions could adversely impact our business and
operating results.
• International Operations Risks.
Our operations in foreign countries expose us to additional risks,
including distribution, management, and systems integration issues, reduced intellectual property
protections, adverse changes in international laws, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, political
unrest, foreign conflicts, and pandemics or other major public health crises.
25

• Workforce Risks.
We may be unable to recruit and retain skilled and motivated personnel.
• Intellectual Property Risks.
Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could negatively
affect our ability to compete.
• Materials Risks.
We use raw materials and components that may be subject to price fluctuations,
shortages, or interruptions of supply.
• Suppliers/Third-Party Vendors Risks.
We may be unable to obtain an adequate supply of
components, equipment, and raw materials on a timely basis. We depend on technologies provided
by third-party vendors.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
• The market price of our common stock may be volatile and the anti-takeover provisions of Delaware
law and in our governing documents may make a change in control of our Company more difficult,
even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
Risks Related to Our Notes
• Any conversion of our 2029 Notes or 2025 Notes (each as defined below) may dilute the ownership
interest of our stockholders, depress the price of our common stock or, if the conditional conversion
feature of the 2029 Notes or 2025 Notes is triggered, adversely affect our business, operating
results, cash flow, or financial condition. Also, our convertible note hedge transactions may decrease
the value of our common stock.
General Risks
• We may be subject to adverse consequences related to tax rates and changes in tax legislation, and
any failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting.
Risk Factors
We have identified the following risks and uncertainties that may have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. Our business faces significant risks and the
risks described below may not be the only risks we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that
we currently believe are not material may also significantly impair our business operations. If any of these
risks occur, our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition could suffer and the market
price of our common stock could decline.
In assessing these risks, you should also refer to other information contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, including the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Risk Factors Related to our Business and Industry
Unfavorable economic and market conditions and a decreased demand in the capital equipment market could
adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Customer demand for our products is significantly linked to the strength of the economy. From time to
time, the U.S. and global economy has experienced cyclical downturns impacting economic activity, the results
of which include decreased demand for goods and services, reduced government spending, rising inflation,
increasing interest rates, liquidity or credit constraints, declines in corporate profitability, credit, equity, or
foreign exchange market volatility, increased bankruptcies, and general economic uncertainty. If decreases
in demand for capital equipment caused by weak or uncertain economic conditions and decreased corporate
and government spending, any effects of fiscal budget balancing at the federal level or proposed legislative
changes, or generally reduced expenditures for capital solutions occur, we will experience decreased revenues
and lower revenue growth rates, and our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition could
be materially and adversely affected. In addition, we have seen some customers defer or delay implementation
26

of capital equipment projects, along with longer timeframes both for capital equipment purchasing
decisions and for entering into agreements for our products or solutions due to customer capital budget
constraints or customers seeking to stagger or elongate the timeframes between the adoption of new or
updated technologies, which has resulted in moderated demand, and may lead to decreased revenues and
could result in our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition being materially and adversely
affected. Furthermore, the foregoing factors may also impact the willingness or ability of our customers to
pay their existing obligations or honor their contractual commitments, which could result in decreased revenue
and negatively impact our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
The broader U.S. and global economy has continued to experience elevated inflationary pressures as
well as continued supply chain disruptions, labor shortages and geopolitical instability. We are unable to
predict future changes in the state of the U.S. or global economy or whether inflationary pressures will
continue to intensify or subside. If the current inflationary trends remain elevated, or fail to improve, it could
adversely affect our profits, margins or operating results as a result of increasing costs.
We may fail to develop new solutions or enhance existing solutions to react to changes in technology and
customer requirements in a timely and cost-effective manner, or our new or enhanced solutions may not achieve
market acceptance.
We must develop new products and services or enhance existing products to react to evolving
technologies and industry standards and regulatory requirements, and meet changing demands of our
customers. This process can be time-consuming, costly, and complex, and usually requires us to accurately
anticipate technological innovations and market trends. Our ability to fund product development and
enhancements partially depends on our ability to generate revenues from our existing products. If we
inaccurately anticipate technological innovations or market trends or fail to generate sufficient revenue to
develop new products, enhance existing products to meet customer needs or technological or regulatory
change, or are unable to fund investment in, or achieve expected return on investment from, future product
development, our ability to generate future revenues or revenue growth may be negatively impacted, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
New product and service developments or enhancements may be delayed, have technical problems
(including software defects or errors), fail to meet customer or market specifications, regulatory requirements,
or industry standards, which could result in increased or unexpected expenses related to further
developments or modifications. In addition, they also may not be competitive with, or rendered obsolete by,
other products using new or alternative technologies that offer comparable performance and functionality,
such as AI, machine-learning, and generative AI capabilities, may not be accepted in new or existing markets,
or may not achieve expected return on investment. Any of the foregoing could make our existing and
future solutions obsolete and unmarketable, or result in loss of market share or a determination to exit a
particular business or product line, damage our reputation or otherwise harm our business, operating results,
cash flow, or financial condition.
Our ability to execute successfully on the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy
depends on our ability to continue to develop and introduce new products and services or product and
service enhancements, and integrate new products and services with existing offerings, in furtherance of this
vision in a timely manner and on a cost-effective basis. If we fail to do so, we may be unable to achieve the
industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy or we may not realize the anticipated benefits of our
investments in support of this vision, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Failure to generate new sales and any reduction in the demand for or adoption of our medication management
solutions, medication packaging systems, or related services would reduce our revenues.
A significant portion of domestic and international healthcare facilities still use traditional approaches
to medication and/or supply management in some form that do not include fully automated methods of
medication management. As a result, we must continuously educate existing and prospective customers about
the potential advantages of our medication management solutions and medication packaging systems,
which requires significant sales efforts and can cause longer sales cycles. Despite our significant efforts and
27

extensive time commitments targeting sales to healthcare facilities, we cannot be assured that our efforts will
result in sales to these customers.
In addition, our medication management solutions and our more complex automated packaging
systems typically represent a sizable initial capital expenditure and potential time and labor commitment to
implement for healthcare organizations. Changes in the budgets of these organizations and the timing of
spending under these budgets, as well as customer labor shortages, can have a significant effect on the
demand for our medication management solutions, medication packaging systems, and related services.
Customer budgets are often supported by cash flows that can be negatively affected by declining investment
income and influenced by limited resources, increased operational and financing costs, macroeconomic
conditions, and conflicting spending priorities among different departments. Any decrease in expenditures
or change in spending priorities by healthcare facilities or increased financing costs, including as a result of
the impacts of public health crises, including pandemics, could decrease demand for our medication
management solutions, medication packaging systems, and related services, and reduce our revenues.
Also, the continuing gradual transition to a value-based care healthcare delivery model could shift more
of the burden of financial risk onto healthcare provider organizations and could decrease utilization of
healthcare per patient. Value-based care could also cause a shift in sites of care from traditional venues, such
as hospitals and clinics, to the home, and could impact our revenues.
Delays in installations of our medication management solutions, including our central pharmacy automation
solutions, could harm our competitive position, operating results, and financial condition.
The purchase of our medication management solutions, including our central pharmacy automation
solutions, is often part of a customer’s larger initiative to re-engineer its pharmacy and distribution and
materials management systems. The purchase of our systems often entails larger strategic purchases by
customers that generally require more complex and stringent contractual requirements, involve a significant
commitment of management attention and resources by prospective customers, and require the input and
approval of many decision-makers. In addition, new product announcements can cause a delay in our
customers’ decisions to purchase our products or convert pending orders for our older products to those of
our newer products. For these and other reasons, the sales cycle associated with sales of our systems is often
lengthy, unpredictable, and subject to a number of delays over which we have little or no control. A delay
in, or loss of, sales of these systems (including as a result of the impacts of public health crises or due to
customer labor shortages, increased healthcare worker turnover, or customer budgetary constraints) could
have an adverse effect upon our business, operating results and could harm our business, cash flow, or
financial condition.
In addition, and in part as a result of the complexities inherent in larger transactions, the time between
the purchase and installation of our systems can generally range up to 24 months. Delays in installation can
occur for reasons that are often outside of our control, such as customer labor shortages or increased
healthcare worker turnover, as well as customers seeking to stagger or elongate the timeframes between the
adoption of new or updated technologies. We have also experienced fluctuations in our customer and
transaction size mix, which has made our ability to forecast our bookings and may make our ability to forecast
our product bookings more difficult. Because we recognize revenues for our medication management
solutions and our more complex medication packaging systems only upon installation at a customer’s site,
any delay in installation (including as a result of the impacts of public health crises or due to customer labor
shortages or healthcare worker turnover) will also cause a delay in the recognition of the revenues for those
systems.
We may incorporate artificial intelligence technologies into certain of our products, services and processes or
our vendors may incorporate artificial intelligence tools into their offerings. These technologies are new and
developing and may present operational, financial, compliance, and reputational risks, as well as other adverse
consequences to our business.
Our competitive position and financial condition may suffer if we fail to keep pace with rapidly
evolving technological developments related to advances in artificial intelligence (“AI”), machine-learning,
and generative AI technologies. The potential introduction of these technologies into new and existing
offerings may result in new or expanded risks and liabilities, including enhanced governmental or regulatory
28

scrutiny, litigation, compliance issues, ethical concerns, confidentiality, or security risks, as well as other
factors that could adversely affect our business, reputation, and financial results. In addition, our vendors
may incorporate AI tools into their offerings, and these tools may not meet existing or rapidly evolving
regulatory or industry standards and may inhibit our or our vendors’ ability to maintain an adequate level of
service and experience. The use of AI can lead to unintended consequences, including generating factually
inaccurate content, misleading or otherwise flawed information, or unintended biases and skewed outcomes,
which could expose us to risks related to inaccuracies or errors in the output of such technologies. We also
face risks of competitive disadvantage if our competitors more effectively use AI to create new or enhanced
products or services that we are unable to compete against. Malicious actors may also use generative AI to
strengthen social engineering capabilities or create more targeted phishing narratives or otherwise, which may
increase the threat of a cybersecurity incident. If we, or our vendors, experience an actual or perceived
breach or privacy or security incident because of the use of generative AI, we may lose valuable intellectual
property and confidential information and our reputation and the public perception of the effectiveness
of our security measures could be harmed. In addition, many U.S. and international governmental bodies
and regulators have proposed, or are in the process of developing, new regulations related to the use of AI and
machine-learning technologies. The final form of these may impose obligations related to our development,
offering, and use of AI technologies and expose us to increased risk of regulatory enforcement and
litigation.
The transition to selling more SaaS and Expert Services, which include a software as a service or solution as a
service subscription, presents a number of risks.
We currently offer SaaS and Expert Services, which often contain a combination of robotics and smart
devices, intelligent software workflows, and data and analytics, all optimized by expert services. These
offerings include, but are not limited to, Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service, IV Compounding Service,
and Points of Care Service. We also offer our Inventory Optimization Service, certain patient engagement,
clinical and financial products and services under EnlivenHealth, Specialty Pharmacy Services, and
340B solutions, as a subscription. As we continue to execute on the industry-defined vision of the
Autonomous Pharmacy and grow subscription and cloud-based offerings, we may offer additional products
and services on a subscription basis. The transition to selling more products and services on a subscription
basis presents a number of risks. The shift requires an investment of technical, financial, compliance, and sales
resources, and we cannot guarantee that we will recoup the costs of such investments, or that these
investments will improve our long-term growth and operating results. Although we work to anticipate the
rate of transition, if adoption of subscription solutions takes place faster than anticipated, the shift to
subscription revenues will change the timing of revenue recognition and we may experience a temporary
reduction of revenues and revenue growth rate. In addition, our cash flows may be impacted by the timing
of invoicing of our subscription solutions. If any of our subscription solutions do not substantially meet
customer requirements, contracts may be modified, causing a decline in revenue. Customers may elect not
to renew their subscriptions upon expiration, or they may attempt to renegotiate pricing or other contractual
terms at or prior to renewal to terms that are less favorable to us. In addition, since revenues are generally
recognized over the term of the subscription, any decrease in customer purchases of our subscription-based
products and services will not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods, which may
result in inflated revenue growth rates that do not reflect such decreases initially. Similarly, any additional
subscription sales would not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods.
If errors occur during the provision of certain of our SaaS and Expert Services, or if we fail to maintain
expected service levels, we may be liable to our customers or third parties which may result in a decline in our
SaaS and Expert Services offerings revenue.
Certain of our SaaS and Expert Services offerings are highly complex and may be susceptible to errors,
including human or technological error. We may be required to bear the cost of correcting any errors and
the cost of such corrections may be significant, which could adversely affect our business, operating results,
cash flow, or financial condition. In addition, our customers, or third parties such as our customers’
patients, may assert claims that they suffered damages due to our errors. These claims could result in litigation
and substantial costs, including legal defense costs. Although we believe our aggregate insurance policy
limits are sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims, there can be no assurance that any liability insurance
we purchase will be adequate to cover claims asserted against us. We could also be subject to adverse
29

publicity as a result of such claims, regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, which may negatively
impact our ability to attract and retain customers. Furthermore, if we cannot maintain the expected level of
service or if our customers fail to achieve agreed upon milestone improvements in financial or operating
metrics, payments to us from such customers may be delayed, disputed, or lower than anticipated.
We may not be able to retain our SaaS and Expert Services customers.
An increasing percentage of our revenue is derived from our subscription-based SaaS and Expert
Services offerings. In connection with those offerings, our customers, generally, have no obligation to renew
their subscriptions. If our SaaS and Expert Services customers decline to renew their subscriptions or
decide to terminate their agreements early, if permitted, we would not derive the expected financial benefits
from that customer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash
flow, or financial condition.
In addition, some of our SaaS and Expert Services agreements require us to adhere to additional data,
security, network access, and other institutional procedures and requirements of our customers, and in certain
cases may obligate us to agreed upon services levels. If we do not meet our obligations under any such
SaaS and Expert Services agreement, we could be liable for damages. In addition, should a customer undergo
a change in control or ownership, it may cause us or the customer to seek to modify or terminate an SaaS
and Expert Services agreement.
If we are unable to maintain our relationships with group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) or other similar
organizations, we may have difficulty selling our products and services to customers represented by these
organizations.
A number of GPOs have negotiated standard contracts for our products on behalf of their member
healthcare organizations. Members of these GPOs may purchase under the terms of these contracts, which
obligate us to pay the GPO a fee. We also have a Federal Supply Schedule contract with the Department of
Veterans Affairs, allowing the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, and other
federal government customers to purchase our products. These contracts enable us to sell our products and
services more readily to customers represented by these organizations. Some of our contracts with these
organizations are terminable at the convenience of the applicable customer. The loss of any of these
relationships could impact the breadth of our customer base and could impair our ability to meet our
revenue or revenue growth rate targets or our ability to increase our revenues. The GPOs may increase the
fees we pay or these organizations may not renew our contracts on similar terms, if at all, and they may choose
to terminate our contracts before they expire, any of which could cause our revenues to decline.
If we are unable to meet the demands of, or maintain our relationships with, our institutional and retail
pharmacy customers, our revenue from sales of medication packages, other consumables, or our SaaS and
Expert Services may decline.
Approximately 8% of our revenues during the year ended December 31, 2024 were generated from the
sale of consumable medication packages, most of which are produced in our St. Petersburg, Florida facility
on a continuous basis and are shipped out to fulfill the demands of our institutional and retail pharmacy
customers domestically and abroad. The demands placed on institutional and retail pharmacies by their
customers represent real time requirements of those customers. Our customer agreements for the sale of
consumable medication packages are typically short-term in nature and typically do not impose volume
commitments on the customer. If we are unable to supply quality packaging to our customers in a timely
manner, they may use alternative methods of distributing medications to their customers, including
consumable medication packaging sold by our competitors, and our revenues will decline. Any disruption in
the production capabilities of our St. Petersburg facilities, including as a result of extreme weather
conditions or natural disasters, which may become more frequent as a result of climate change, will adversely
affect our ability to ship our consumable medication packages globally and would reduce our revenues.
In addition, the institutional pharmacy market consists of significant national suppliers of medications
to non-acute care facilities, smaller regional suppliers, and very small local suppliers. If we are unable to
maintain our relationships with the major institutional pharmacies we do business with, they may purchase
30

consumable blister card components from alternative sources, or choose to use alternatives to blister cards
for medication control, and our revenues would decline.
Similarly, our EnlivenHealth brand extends beyond the inpatient setting and into ambulatory care.
This brand offers a portfolio of products designed to digitally enable retail and community pharmacies with
connected patient engagement and clinical and financial workflows. The success of these offerings depends
on the trust our customers place in us and our reputation and ability to provide high-quality service. If we are
unable to maintain the satisfaction or meet the expectations of our customers, our reputation with current
and potential customers could be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. In addition, if we fail to maintain our relationships with
existing customers or are unable to create new relationships with other pharmacies, this could have an
adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Our inability to secure or maintain access to existing and future specialty drugs or pharmacy provider networks
for our specialty pharmacy customers could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We provide Specialty Pharmacy Services to provider groups, federally qualified health centers, and
health systems, including payer contracting and providing access to limited distribution drugs (“LDDs”).
We have historically been able to obtain most of the payer and LDD products through our current network.
However, if we are unable to obtain access to new LDDs or maintain access to current LDDs for our
customers, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, profitability, and operating results. In
addition, if we are not able to secure participation in the networks of pharmacy providers for our customers
at acceptable reimbursement rates or if we lose access to current pharmacy networks, this could result in
loss of customers, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We endeavor to demonstrate continued value and growth for each of our customers during the term of
their respective contracts with us. However, if any of our customers elect to manage their own specialty
pharmacy business, such customers could reduce or cease doing business with us upon the expiration of such
customer’s contract term, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results,
cash flow, or financial condition.
We operate in highly competitive markets, and we may be unable to compete successfully.
The markets in which we operate are intensely competitive. We expect continued and increased
competition from current and future competitors, in the medication management automation solutions
market and the medication adherence solutions market, many of which have significantly greater financial,
technical, marketing, and other resources than we do.
The competitive challenges we face in the markets in which we operate include, but are not limited to,
the following:
• current or future competitors may offer or have the ability to offer a broader range of solutions than
us, develop alternative solutions that provide a better customer outcome or lower cost of operation,
develop new features or capabilities for their products, including AI, machine-learning, and generative
AI capabilities, which are part of an intensely competitive and rapidly evolving market, that could
compete with our solutions, respond more quickly and efficiently to new or changing technologies,
standards, or regulations, or devote greater resources to the development, promotion, and sale of their
products than we do;
• competitive pressures could result in increased price competition for our products and services, fewer
customer orders, and reduced gross margins;
• current and potential competitors may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative
relationships among themselves or with third parties, including larger, more established healthcare
supply companies, thereby increasing their ability to develop and offer a broader suite of products and
services;
• our industry has recently experienced a significant degree of consolidation which could lead to
competitors developing new business models that require us to adapt how we market, sell, or distribute
31

our products or could also lead to competitors with greater economies of scale that have lower cost
of operations allowing them to sell their products and services at a lower cost;
• certain competitors have greater brand name recognition and a more extensive installed base than we
do, and such advantages could be used to increase their market share;
• certain competitors may have existing business relationships with our current and potential customers,
which may cause these customers to purchase competing products and services from these
competitors; and
• our competitors may secure products and services from suppliers on more favorable terms or secure
exclusive arrangements with suppliers or buyers that may impede the sales of our products and services.
If we fail to compete successfully against current or future competitors, it could materially adversely
affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We have incurred substantial debt, which could impair our flexibility and access to capital and adversely affect
our financial position.
Our debt may limit our ability to borrow additional funds or use our existing cash flow for working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other general business purposes or may require us to use a
substantial portion of our cash flow for debt service payments; limit our flexibility to plan for, or react to,
changes in our business and industry; place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our less leveraged
competitors; and increase our vulnerability to the impact of adverse economic and industry conditions.
Our ability to make payments of the principal, to pay interest, or to refinance our indebtedness,
including the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes, depends on our future performance, which is subject to
economic, financial, competitive, and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not continue to,
and we cannot provide assurance that our business will, generate cash flow from operations in the future
sufficient to fund our cash requirements, service our debt or make necessary capital expenditures. Our
failure to generate sufficient cash flow to pay our debts could have a material adverse effect on our business.
In addition, if we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more
alternatives, such as borrowing more money, selling assets, restructuring debt, or obtaining additional
equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Any of these actions still may not be sufficient
to allow us to service our debt obligations, could increase the risks related to our business or our ability to
service or repay our indebtedness or may otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.
Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition
at the time of any such refinancing. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or to do so on
desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations. In addition, as more fully described
below in the risk factor captioned “Covenants in our Second A&R Credit Agreement restrict our business
and operations in many ways, and if we do not effectively manage our compliance with these covenants, our
financial conditions and operating results could be adversely affected,” our second amended and restated
agreement, as amended, with certain lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative
agent (the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”) includes customary restrictive covenants that impose
operating and financial restrictions on us.
We are subject to laws, regulations, and other legal obligations related to privacy, data protection, and
information security, and the costs of compliance with, and potential liability associated with, our actual or
perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.
We receive, store, and process personal information and other data from and about customers, in
addition to our employees and services providers. In addition, our customers use our solutions to obtain
and store personal information, including health information. For example, our customers use our
EnlivenHealth platform to guide and track patient notes, interventions, and appointments, which involves
the collection of personal health information of patients. Our handling of data is subject to a variety of laws
and regulations by federal, state, local, and foreign agencies, as well as contractual obligations and industry
standards. Regulatory focus on data privacy and security concerns continues to increase globally, and laws
and regulations concerning the collection, use, and disclosure of personal information are expanding and
32

becoming more complex. In the United States, these include federal health information privacy laws (such
as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), discussed below), security
breach notification laws, and consumer protection laws, as well as state laws addressing privacy and data
security (such as the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”), as amended by the California
Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (collectively, the “CPRA”).
While HIPAA does not create a private right of action, its standards have been used as the basis for
civil suits and HIPAA is enforced by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) Office
for Civil Rights (“OCR”), which can bring actions against entities for noncompliance, including for failures
to implement security measures sufficient to reduce risks to electronic protected health information or to
conduct an accurate and thorough risk analysis, among other violations. HIPAA enforcement actions may
lead to monetary penalties and costly and burdensome corrective action plans. We are also required to report
known breaches of protected health information consistent with applicable breach reporting requirements
set forth in applicable laws and regulations. Additionally, on January 6, 2025, HHS OCR issued a Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) aiming to strengthen cybersecurity protections and better defend
against cyber threats targeting the U.S. health care system by bolstering the security safeguards required
under the HIPAA Security Rule. While a final rule has not yet been issued (as the NPRM is open for public
comment until March 7, 2025), if adopted, these proposed changes would potentially require significant
operational adjustments and potential cost increases to comply, and are expected to become final in
approximately 180 days from publication of any final rule. Moreover, compliance with state laws related to
health privacy may result in additional compliance costs.
We may encounter vendors that engage in information blocking practices that may inhibit our ability
to access the relevant data on behalf of patients or impose new or additional costs. Specifically, the
information blocking rules were implemented as part of the 21st Century Cures Act, and are primarily
designed to facilitate technology interoperability and enable the free flow of healthcare information for
healthcare treatment, payment or operation purposes.
Furthermore, new health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, Health
Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health (“HITECH”) Act, congressional action or
otherwise could have a significant effect on the manner in which we handle health-related information, and
the cost of complying with these standards could be significant. If we do not comply with existing or new laws
and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions.
The CPRA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data
breaches which is expected to increase data breach litigation. Additionally, the CPRA, which came into
effect in January 2023, imposed additional data protection obligations on companies doing business in
California, created a new California data protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and
could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. In addition to California, at least
twenty (20) other states in the U.S. have passed comprehensive consumer privacy laws similar to the
CPRA including, but not limited to, Virginia, Colorado, Connecticut, Oregon, Texas, and Utah (among
many others). These laws are either in effect or will go into effect sometime before the end of 2026, and we
expect other states to consider adopting similar laws in the future. Some of these new or existing laws may
apply to our business activities, so additional compliance investment and potential business process
changes may be required. Similar consumer privacy and data protection legislation has been introduced at
the federal level that may ultimately have conflicting requirements and, if enacted, would further complicate
compliance.
Additionally, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and many state attorneys general are interpreting
existing federal and state consumer protection laws to impose evolving standards for the collection, use,
dissemination and security of health-related and other personal information. Courts may also adopt the
standards for fair information practices promulgated by the FTC, which concern consumer notice, choice,
security and access. Consumer protection laws require us to publish statements that describe how we handle
personal information and the choices individuals may have about the way we handle their personal
information. If such information that we publish is considered untrue, we may be subject to government
claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences.
Furthermore, according to the FTC, violating consumers’ privacy rights or failing to take appropriate steps
33

to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in, or affecting,
commerce in violation of Section 5 of the FTC Act.
Additionally, data and digital services regulation continues to expand, particularly with respect to AI
and automated decision making, which may further impact our business and regulatory compliance
strategies.
Internationally, various jurisdictions outside of the United States in which we operate have established,
or are currently developing, their own data privacy and security legal frameworks with which we or our
customers must comply. In certain cases, these international laws and regulations are more restrictive than
many regulations in the United States. For example, within the European Union (“EU”), the General Data
Protection Regulation 2016/679 (“EU GDPR”) went into effect on May 25, 2018, and introduced strict
requirements for the processing of personal information of individuals. The EU GDPR governs the collection,
use, disclosure, transfer, and other processing of personal information (i.e., data which identifies an
individual or from which an individual is identifiable). The UK has implemented the EU GDPR as the UK
GDPR which sits alongside the UK Data Protection Act 2018 (the UK GDPR, together with the EU
GDPR, the “GDPR”). The GDPR has direct effect where an entity is established in the European Economic
Area (“EEA”) or the UK (as applicable) and has extraterritorial effect, including where an organization
outside of the EEA or the UK processes personal information in relation to the offering of goods or services
to those individuals or the monitoring of their behavior while those individuals are in the EEA or UK.
The GDPR imposes stringent obligations on companies that fall within its scope, including inter alia:
(i) accountability and transparency requirements, requiring controllers to demonstrate and record compliance
with the GDPR and to provide more detailed information to data subjects regarding processing of their
personal information; (ii) obligations to comply with data protection rights of data subjects including a right:
(x) of access to, erasure of, or rectification of personal data; (y) to restriction of processing or to withdraw
consent to processing; and (z) to object to processing or to ask for a copy of personal data to be provided to
a third party; (iii) obligations to consider data protection as any new products or services are developed
and designed (including e.g., to limit the amount of personal information processed); (iv) requirements to
process personal information lawfully including specific requirements for obtaining valid consent where
consent is the lawful basis for processing; (v) an obligation to report personal data breaches to: (x) the data
supervisory authority without undue delay (and no later than 72 hours after discovering the personal data
breach, where feasible), unless the personal data breach is unlikely to result in a risk to the data subjects’ rights
and freedoms; and (y) affected data subjects, where the personal data breach is likely to result in a high risk
to their rights and freedoms. The EU GDPR also provides that EU Member States may introduce further laws
and regulations limiting the processing of genetic, biometric, or health data, which could limit our ability
to collect, use, and share EU personal information, cause our compliance costs to increase, require us to
change our practices, adversely impact our business, and harm our financial condition.
In addition, the EU GDPR prohibits the international transfer of personal information from the EEA
to the United States and other jurisdictions that the European Commission does not recognize as having
“adequate”data protection laws unless a data transfer mechanism has been put in place or a derogation under
the EU GDPR can be relied upon. In July 2020, the Court of Justice of the EU (“CJEU”) in its Schrems II
judgement limited how organizations could lawfully transfer personal data from the EEA to the US by
invalidating the EU-US Privacy Shield for purposes of international transfers and imposing further restrictions
on the use of standard contractual clauses (“EU SCCs”), which Omnicell utilizes such standard contractual
clauses for cross-border transfers of personal data from the EEA and UK to the U.S. The Schrems II
judgement also includes a requirement for companies to carry out a transfer privacy impact assessment
(“TIAs”). A TIA, among other things, assesses laws governing access to personal data in the recipient country
and considers whether supplementary measures that provide privacy protections additional to those
provided under EU SCCs will need to be implemented to ensure an “essentially equivalent” level of data
protection to that afforded in the EEA.
Following the CJEU’s decision, in October 2022, former U.S. President Biden signed an executive order
to implement the EU-U.S. Data Privacy Framework (“DPF,” together with the EU-U.S., “EU-U.S. DPF”),
which would serve as a replacement to the EU-US Privacy Shield. The EU initiated the process to adopt
an adequacy decision for the EU-U.S. DPF in December 2022, and the European Commission adopted the
34

adequacy decision in July 2023. The adequacy decision permits U.S. companies who self-certify to the EU-
U.S. DPF to rely on it as a valid data transfer mechanism for data transfers from the EEA to the U.S. Entities
relying on EU SCCs for transfers to the U.S. are also able to rely on the analysis in the Adequacy Decision
as support for their TIA regarding the equivalence of U.S. national security safeguards and redress. This may
have implications for our cross-border data flows and has and may in the future result in increased
compliance costs. In addition, some privacy advocacy groups have already suggested that they will be
challenging the EU-U.S. DPF.
The UK GDPR also imposes similar restrictions on transfers of personal data from the UK to
jurisdictions that the UK Government does not consider adequate, including the United States. The
UK Government has published its own form of the EU SCCs, known as the International Data Transfer
Agreement and an International Data Transfer Addendum to the new EU SCCs. The UK Information
Commissioner’s Office has also published its version of the TIA and guidance on international transfers,
although entities may choose to adopt either the EU or UK style TIA.
The GDPR imposes fines for serious breaches of up to the higher of 4% of the organization’s annual
worldwide turnover or €20m (under the EU GDPR) or £17.5m (under the UK GDPR). The GDPR identifies
a list of points to consider when determining the level of fines for data supervisory authorities to impose
(including the nature, gravity and duration of the infringement). Data subjects also have a right to
compensation, as a result of an organization’s breach of the GDPR which has affected them, for financial
or non-financial losses (e.g., distress).
In the EU a number of new laws related to digital data and AI have recently entered into force, or are
expected to enter into force in the foreseeable future. We are still assessing the scope of application, impact,
and risk of these recent EU laws on our business, and will continue to assess this moving forward, including
for example the European Health Data Space Regulation which was adopted by the European Parliament in
the second quarter of 2024 and seeks to, among other things, provide individuals with more control over
their electronic health data (“EHD”), enable cross-border sharing of EHD between national EU healthcare
systems and facilitate the sharing of EHD for secondary research purposes. In addition to government
regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards
that may legally or contractually apply to us, and other regulatory protections may lose their applicability
to our business as regulations and legal proceedings continue to evolve globally. We also expect that there will
continue to be new proposed laws, regulations, and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection,
and information security, including in the UK (see above), where we have business operations. We cannot
predict the scope of any such future laws, regulations, and standards that may be applicable to us, or how
courts, agencies, or data protection authorities might interpret current ones. It is possible that these laws and
other obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data
management practices or the functionality of our solutions.
In addition to European data protection law, we or our customers may be subject to, or may become
subject to, various other data privacy and security laws and regulations of other jurisdictions, including
those in Canada, China, India, and Saudi Arabia. Due to increasing data collection and data flows, as well
as the use of emerging technologies (such as AI), regulations in this area are constantly evolving with
regulatory and legislative authorities in numerous parts of the world adopting proposals to regulate data
and protect information. In addition, the interpretation and application of these privacy and data protection
laws are often uncertain and in a state of flux, thus requiring constant monitoring for compliance.
Compliance with privacy, data protection, and information security laws, regulations, and other obligations
is costly, and we may encounter difficulties, delays, or significant expenses in connection with our
compliance, or because of our customers’ need to comply or our customers’ interpretation of their own
legal requirements.
In addition, any future event that results in the failure or perceived failure by us to comply with laws,
regulations, policies, legal or contractual obligations, industry standards, or regulatory guidance relating to
privacy or data security could result in governmental investigations and enforcement actions, litigation, fines
and penalties, exposure to indemnification obligations or other liabilities, and adverse publicity, all of
which could have an adverse effect on our reputation, as well as our business, financial condition, and
operating results.
35

Significant disruptions in our information technology systems, breaches of data security, or cyber-attacks on
our systems or solutions, could adversely impact our business.
We rely on information technology (“IT”) systems to keep financial records and corporate records,
communicate with staff and external parties, and operate other critical functions, including sales and
manufacturing processes. As our business needs change, we may need to expand or update our IT systems.
We also utilize third-party cloud services in connection with our operations, which also may need to be
expanded or updated as our business needs change. Our IT systems and third-party cloud services are
potentially vulnerable to disruption due to breakdown, malicious intrusion and computer viruses, public
health crises, other catastrophic events or environmental impact, as well as due to system upgrades and/or
new system implementations. Our systems may also experience vulnerabilities from third-party or open source
software code that may be incorporated into our own or our vendors’ systems. Any prolonged system
disruption in our IT systems or third-party services could negatively impact the coordination of our sales,
planning, and manufacturing activities, which could harm our business. In addition, in order to maximize our
information technology efficiency, we have physically consolidated our primary corporate data and
computer operations. This concentration, however, exposes us to a greater risk of disruption to our internal
IT systems. Although we maintain offsite back-ups of our data, a disruption of operations at our facilities
could materially disrupt our business if we are not capable of restoring function within an acceptable time
frame.
Our IT systems and third-party cloud services are potentially vulnerable to cyber-attacks, including
ransomware, or other data security incidents, by employees or others, which may expose sensitive data to
unauthorized persons. In addition, we have a large number of employees working remotely, which number
may continue to grow, and such arrangements may involve increased use of office equipment off premises,
which may make our systems more susceptible to security breaches or breach attempts. As previously
disclosed, on May 4, 2022, we determined that certain of our information technology systems were affected
by ransomware impacting certain internal systems. We do not believe the security event has had, or will
have, a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We may also be subject to various cybersecurity laws in the EU and the UK, including the UK Network
and Information Systems Regulation 2018 (“NIS Regulations”), and the EU Network and Information
Systems Security 1 Directive (“NISD1”) as implemented into EU Member State law (and as updated by the
EU Network and Information Systems Security 2 Directive (“NISD2”)) which apply to certain operators
of “essential services”and digital service providers, such as cloud providers, and medical device manufacturers.
Future data security incidents could lead to the loss of trade secrets or other intellectual property, or to
the public exposure of sensitive and confidential information of our employees, customers, suppliers, and
others, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or
financial condition. Moreover, the current and/or a future security breach or privacy violation that leads to
disclosure or modification of, or prevents access to, patient information, including personally identifiable
information or protected health information, could harm our reputation, result in litigation, compel us to
comply with federal and/or state breach notification laws, subject us to mandatory corrective action, require
us to verify the correctness of database contents, and otherwise subject us to liability under laws and
regulations that protect personal information, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenues. For additional
information, see the risk factor captioned “We are subject to laws, regulations, and other legal obligations
related to privacy, data protection, and information security, and the costs of compliance with, and potential
liability associated with, our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business”
above for additional information.
We sell certain solutions that receive, store, and process our customers’ data. For example, our Inventory
Optimization Service solution combines a cloud-based predictive intelligence platform with expert services
designed to monitor pharmacy operations and recommend opportunities to help improve efficiency, regulatory
compliance, and patient outcomes. As another example, our EnlivenHealth patient engagement platform is
a private cloud-based solution that supports improving patient adherence goals through a single web-based
platform that hosts functionality to guide and track patient notes, interventions, and appointments. These
solutions require that we maintain an information technology infrastructure that is robust and reliable within
competitive and regulatory constraints that continue to evolve. Operational malfunctions, including loss of
customer data or power or telecommunications infrastructure outages, or an effective attack on our solutions
36

could disrupt the proper functioning of our solutions, allow unauthorized access to sensitive and confidential
information of our customers (including protected health information), and disrupt our customers’
operations, which could result in reduced quality of services and contract liability or claims by customers
and other third parties. In addition to the risks and impacts noted above, any of these events could damage
our reputation or cause our solutions to be perceived as having security vulnerabilities and reduce demand,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
These risks are likely to increase as we continue to grow our cloud-based offerings, including in support of
the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy, and as we receive, store, and process more of our
customers’ data.
While we have implemented a number of security measures designed to protect our systems and data,
including firewalls, antivirus and malware detection tools, patches, log monitors, routine back-ups, system
audits, routine password modifications, employee training, and disaster recovery procedures, and have
designed certain security features into our solutions, we and our third party service providers regularly defend
against and respond to data security incidents and such measures may not be adequate or implemented
properly to prevent or fully address the adverse effect of such events. In some cases, we may be unaware of
an incident or its magnitude and effects as breaches and other inappropriate access can be difficult to detect,
and any delay in identifying them may lead to increased harm. In addition, while we possess insurance that
currently includes coverage for cyber-attacks, we have seen a trend where the amount of coverage being offered
by insurance providers for such cyber-attacks is decreasing while the cost of obtaining such coverage is
increasing. If this trend continues, the insurance coverage we possess may not be adequate or the cost to
obtain such coverage may become prohibitive.
We use third-party cloud providers in connection with certain of our cloud-based offerings or third-party
providers to host our own data, in which case we rely on the processes, controls, and security such third parties
have in place to protect the infrastructure. We also may acquire companies, products, services, and
technologies and inherit such risks when we integrate these acquisitions within Omnicell.
Any failure to prevent such security breaches or privacy violations, or implement satisfactory remedial
measures, could require us to expend significant resources to investigate security breaches and notify affected
individuals, remediate any damage, disrupt our operations or the operations of our customers, damage our
reputation or cause us to incur costs to manage public relations issues, damage our relationships with our
customers, or expose us to a risk of financial loss, litigation, regulatory penalties, contractual indemnification
obligations, or other liability.
We may fail to realize the potential benefits of acquired businesses, which could negatively affect our business,
operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We have in the past acquired businesses, and expect to continue to seek to acquire businesses,
technologies, or products in the future. We cannot provide assurance that any acquisition or future
transaction we complete will result in long-term benefits to us or our stockholders, or that we will be able to
effectively integrate or manage the acquired businesses.
These transactions may involve significant challenges, uncertainties, and risks, including:
• difficulties in combining previously separate businesses into a single unit and the complexity of
managing a more dispersed organization as sites are acquired;
• difficulties in right-sizing organizations and gaining synergies across acquired operations;
• complying with regulatory requirements, such as those of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration
(“FDA”), the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”), or state boards of pharmacy, that we
were not previously subject to;
• failure to understand and compete effectively in markets in which we have limited previous experience;
• substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention when evaluating and negotiating such
transactions and then integrating an acquired business, including any unforeseen delays and
expenditures that may result;
• incurring additional debt in connection with the financing of an acquisition;
37

• discovery, after completion of the acquisition, of liabilities assumed or internal control, regulatory
or compliance issues in acquisitions that are broader in scope and magnitude or are more difficult to
manage than originally assumed or identified;
• difficulties assimilating and retaining key personnel of an acquired business;
• failure to achieve anticipated benefits such as revenue enhancements and operational and cost
efficiencies;
• difficulties in integrating newly acquired products and solutions in our offerings, or inability or
failure to provide high quality service, expand bookings and sales, or effectively coordinate sales and
marketing efforts after the acquisition;
• inability to maintain business relationships with customers and suppliers of newly acquired companies
due to post-acquisition disruption;
• inability or failure to successfully integrate financial reporting and information technology systems;
and
• other additional risks relating to legal, regulatory or tax matters.
If we are not able to successfully integrate or manage the acquired businesses and their operations, or if
there are delays in combining the businesses, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized
fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected and our business, operating results, cash flow, or
financial condition may be negatively impacted.
If goodwill or other intangible assets that we recorded in connection with our prior acquisitions become
impaired, we could be required to take significant charges against earnings.
In connection with the accounting for prior acquisitions, we recorded a significant amount of goodwill
and other intangible assets. Under GAAP, we must assess, at least annually and potentially more frequently,
whether the value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets has been impaired. Intangible
assets subject to amortization will be assessed for impairment in the event of an impairment indicator. As
of December 31, 2024, we had recorded approximately $922.2 million, net of accumulated amortization, in
goodwill and intangible assets, in connection with past acquisitions. Any future reduction or impairment
of the value of goodwill or other intangible assets will result in a charge against earnings, which could
materially adversely affect our operating results and shareholders’ equity in future periods.
The healthcare industry is subject to legislative and regulatory changes, as well as financial constraints and
consolidation, which could adversely affect the demand for our products and services.
The healthcare industry has faced, and will likely continue to face, significant financial constraints.
U.S. government legislation and program rulemaking may cause customers to postpone purchases of our
products due to reductions in federal healthcare program reimbursement rates and/or needed changes to their
operations in order to meet the requirements of legislation or in anticipation of future rulemaking. For
example, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, reduced Centers for Medicare &
Medicaid Services (“CMS”) payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, and increased the
statute of limitations period for the government to recover Medicare overpayments to providers from
three to five years. Our automation solutions often involve a significant financial commitment from our
customers and, as a result, our ability to grow our business is largely dependent on our customers’ capital
and operating budgets. To the extent current or proposed legislation and program rules promote spending on
other initiatives or healthcare providers’ spending declines or increases more slowly than we anticipate,
demand for our products and services could decline.
In addition, certain healthcare legislation and regulations may be challenged from time to time, in an
effort to modify or repeal that legislation or those regulations. For example, the Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively,
the “ACA”), which was passed in March 2010 and substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by
both governmental and private insurers, has been subject to numerous judicial, legislative, and regulatory
efforts to replace it or to alter its interpretation or implementation. It is unclear how future efforts to
38

challenge, repeal, replace, or otherwise modify, or alter the implementation or interpretation of the ACA
will affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We cannot predict the success of our business with respect to any such challenges or the effect that
subsequent changes or new resulting legislation or regulations would have on our business or the healthcare
industry in general. Furthermore, many existing healthcare laws and regulations, when enacted, did not
anticipate the services we may provide. Any future actions or developments could adversely impact the
healthcare industry, including with respect to the cost of prescription drugs, regulation of pharmacy services,
the administration of the federal 340B Program, changes to pharmacy reimbursement rates, or could
challenge or change the way we do business, which could have an adverse impact on our business.
Healthcare providers have consolidated to create larger healthcare delivery organizations in order to
achieve economies of scale and/or greater market power. If this consolidation continues, it would increase
the size of certain target customers, which could increase the cost, effort, and difficulty in selling our products
to such customers, or could cause our existing or potential customers to begin utilizing our competitors’
products if such customers are acquired by healthcare providers that prefer our competitors’ products to ours.
In addition, the resulting organizations could have greater bargaining power, which may lead to price
erosion. This consolidation could also result in new entrants in the markets in which we operate, which
presents additional risk and could result in adverse impacts on our business. See “We operate in highly
competitive markets, and we may be unable to compete successfully” above for additional information.
Government regulation of the healthcare industry could reduce demand for our products or services, or
substantially increase the cost to produce our products or deliver our services.
The manufacture and sale of most of our current medication management solutions are not directly
regulated by the FDA or the DEA, although such products and services are used by other persons (our
customers) whose pharmacy, dispensing, and compounding activities may be subject to regulation by those
agencies and by state boards of pharmacy. However, we manufacture and develop specifications for
products classified as Class I and Class II medical devices, which are subject to FDA regulation and require
compliance with the FDA Quality System Regulation as well as medical device reporting, including a
sterile disposable product that required FDA 510(k) review and clearance prior to marketing and distribution.
Medical devices are also subject to various other regulatory requirements, including as applicable, premarket
clearance or approval, establishment registration and device listing, complaint handling, notification and
repair, replace, refund, mandatory recalls, unique device identifier (“UDI”) requirements, reports of removals
and corrections, cybersecurity requirements and post-marketing surveillance. Additional products and
services may require us to observe HHS regulations for credentialing of providers (pharmacists) or be subject
to DEA regulations concerning the management, storing, dispensing, and disposal of, and accounting for,
controlled substances, and may be regulated in the future by the FDA, DEA, or other federal agencies due to
future legislative and regulatory initiatives or reforms. In addition, certain provisions of the Federal Food,
Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) related to the handling, distribution and compounding of pharmaceuticals,
govern all parts of the drug distribution chain, which our customers may be required to comply with and
which may influence customer demand for our products. Direct regulation of our business and products by
the FDA, DEA, CMS, or other federal agencies could substantially increase the cost to produce our
products or deliver our services and increase the time required to bring those products and services to
market, reduce the demand for our products and services, and reduce our revenues. In addition, our customers
include healthcare providers and facilities subject to regulation by the DEA, pharmacies subject to
regulation by the FDA and individual state boards of pharmacy and hospitals subject to accreditation by
accrediting organizations approved by CMS, such as the Joint Commission, and the rules, regulations, and
standards of such regulators and accrediting organizations. Any failure of our customers to comply with the
applicable rules, regulations, and standards could reduce demand for our products or services and harm
our business, competitive position, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. Given our customers,
products, services, and industry relationships, we may also be subject to rules, regulations, standards, and
civil or criminal enforcement imposed by HHS, the U.S. Department of Justice, the HHS Office of Inspector
General, CMS, the Health Resources and Services Administration, and state attorneys general, including
with respect to state and federal False Claims Act statutes, federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and federal Physician
Payments Sunshine Act, among others. As such, from time to time, we may be subject to various state or
federal governmental inspections, reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with
39

governmental rules and regulations to the extent governing our products and services. The costs to respond
to or defend any such reviews, audits and investigations can be significant and are likely to increase in the
current enforcement environment. These cases may, from time to time, originate from whistleblowers, which
have separate indemnity and reimbursement rights under state and federal laws. These cases, audits and
investigations may result in other adverse consequences, particularly if the underlying conduct is found to
be pervasive or systemic. These consequences may include, but are not limited to: (1) refunding or retroactively
adjusting amounts that have been paid under the relevant government program or from other payors;
(2) state or federal agencies imposing significant fines, penalties and other sanctions on us; (3) losing our
right to participate in certain governmental programs; and (4) damaging our reputation in various markets,
which could adversely affect our ability to attract customers and employees. If these were to occur, the
consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial
condition.
While we have implemented a Privacy and Use of Information Policy and adhere to established privacy
principles, use of customer information guidelines, and related federal and state statutes, we cannot assure
you that we will be in compliance with all international, federal and state healthcare information privacy and
security laws that we are directly or indirectly subject to, including, without limitation, HIPAA. Under
HIPAA, we are considered a “business associate” in relation to many of our customers that are covered
entities, and, as such, most of these customers have required that we enter into written agreements governing
the way we handle and safeguard certain patient health information we may encounter in providing our
products and services, and may impose liability on us for failure to meet our contractual obligations.
Furthermore, pursuant to changes in HIPAA under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009,
we are covered under HIPAA similar to other covered entities and, in some cases, subject to the same civil
and criminal penalties as a covered entity. A number of states and countries have also enacted privacy and
security statutes and regulations that, in some cases, are more stringent than HIPAA and may also apply
directly to us. If our past or present operations are found to violate any of these laws, we may be subject to
fines, penalties, and other sanctions.
In addition, we cannot predict the potential impact of future privacy standards and other federal, state,
and international privacy and security laws that may be enacted at any time on our customers or on Omnicell.
These laws could restrict the ability of Omnicell and/or our customers to obtain, use, or disseminate
patient information, which could reduce the demand for our products or services or force us to redesign our
products or services in order to meet regulatory requirements. For more information, you should also refer
to the risk factor above captioned “We are subject to laws, regulations, and other legal obligations related to
privacy, data protection, and information security, and the costs of compliance with, and potential liability
associated with, our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business”.
Changes to the 340B Program could negatively impact our 340B Program-related services.
Any changes to the 340B Drug Pricing Program, such as changes to the scope of, or requirements for
participation in, the 340B Program, could negatively impact our 340B Program-related services. Current
litigation brought by multiple manufacturers is challenging the Health Resources and Services
Administration’s requirement to offer the 340B ceiling price on drugs dispensed at contract pharmacies. The
decisions that have been issued to date have been narrowly tailored and appeals have been filed in some of
the cases. While the litigation is ongoing, a number of manufacturers have restricted access to the 340B ceiling
price for drugs dispensed at contract pharmacies. It is not yet clear how the litigation will resolve. If 340B
ceiling prices are not required to be offered for drugs dispensed at contract pharmacies or the requirements
for participation by 340B covered entities make participation in the program less beneficial, our 340B Program-
related offerings may become less useful to 340B covered entities, and our 340B Program-related businesses
could decline, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial
condition. Furthermore, uncertainty around the 340B Program could lead to lower levels of participation by
340B covered entities, which could reduce demand for our 340B Program-related businesses and could
adversely affect our business. In addition, Congress has considered legislative changes to the 340B Program.
Any legislative changes to the 340B Program could also affect our 340B Program-related services.
40

We must comply with anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, transparency, and other healthcare laws and
regulations.
Our current and future operations are subject to various federal and state healthcare laws and regulations
that affect our sales, marketing, and other promotional activities by limiting the kinds of financial
arrangements we can enter into with respect to our products and services and/or requiring disclosure of
certain of our financial arrangements to government agencies. They also impose additional administrative
and compliance burdens on us. These laws include, but are not limited to, the healthcare fraud and abuse laws
described in the section titled “Business — Government Regulation” above.
The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the
current environment of healthcare reform, and it is possible that some of our business activities could be
subject to challenge under one or more of such laws or that such laws could be applied to our business in ways
we did not anticipate. Ensuring that our business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable
healthcare laws, as well as responding to investigations by government authorities (which have increased in
recent years as the healthcare industry has come under greater scrutiny) can be time and resource consuming
and can divert management’s attention from the business. For example, as further detailed in “Legal
Proceedings”in Note 14, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we are currently engaging in discussions with the U.S.
Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Washington regarding our compliance with the pricing terms
and conditions of our Federal Supply Schedule contract with the federal government.
If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other government
regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to significant financial penalties and possible exclusion from
participation in federal and state funded healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restricting of our
operations, as well as additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate
integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws. This could
harm our ability to operate our business and our financial results.
Our international operations may subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our business, operating
results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We currently have operations outside of the United States, including sales efforts centered in Canada,
Europe, the Middle East, and the Asia-Pacific regions, and supply chain efforts in Asia. We intend to continue
to expand our international operations, particularly in certain markets that we view as strategic, including
the Middle East. Our international operations subject us to a variety of risks, including:
• our reliance on distributors for the sale of our medication management solutions outside the United
States, Canada, the UK, France, and Germany;
• the difficulty of managing an organization operating in various countries;
• reduced protection for intellectual property rights in certain jurisdictions;
• the imposition of, or adverse changes in, international laws and regulations, including privacy and
security, labor, import, export, trade, environmental standards, product compliance, tax, anti-bribery,
and employment laws;
• fluctuations in currency exchange rates and difficulties in repatriating funds from certain countries;
• additional investment, coordination, and lead-time necessary to successfully interface our automation
solutions with the existing information systems of our customers or potential customers outside of
the United States;
• political unrest, terrorism, and other potential hostilities (such as the ongoing conflicts between
Russia and Ukraine or Israel and Hamas), including in areas in which we have facilities or operations;
and
• epidemics, pandemics, or other major public health crises.
If we are unable to anticipate and address these risks properly our business, operating results, cash
flow, or financial condition could be harmed.
41

Furthermore, changes in export or import regulation and other trade barriers and uncertainties may
have an adverse effect on our business. For example, the current U.S. administration has recently imposed
tariffs on products manufactured in several jurisdictions, including some of the U.S.’s larger trading partners,
and has made announcements regarding the potential imposition of tariffs on other jurisdictions, such as
the European Union. The current U.S. administration has also announced it may implement other tariffs or
increase existing tariffs. Furthermore, in recent years, the U.S. government advocated greater restrictions
on trade generally. We cannot predict what actions may ultimately be taken with respect to tariffs or trade
relations between the United States and other countries (including China), what products may be subject to
such actions, or what actions may be taken by the other countries in retaliation, including reciprocal
tariffs. The adoption and expansion of trade restrictions, the occurrence of a trade war, other governmental
action related to tariffs or trade agreements or policies, or the related uncertainties, has the potential to
adversely impact our ability to do business outside of the United States as well as our supply chain and costs,
which could, in turn, adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Covenants in our Second A&R Credit Agreement restrict our business and operations in many ways, and if we
do not effectively manage our compliance with these covenants, our financial conditions and operating results
could be adversely affected.
The Second A&R Credit Agreement contains various customary covenants that require us to provide
financial and other information reporting as well as notice upon certain events and limit or restrict our
ability and/or our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur or assume liens or additional debt or
provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons; issue redeemable preferred stock; pay dividends
or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock; prepay, redeem, or repurchase certain debt; make
loans, investments, acquisitions, and capital expenditures; enter into agreements that restrict distributions
from our subsidiaries; sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries; enter into certain transactions with
affiliates; and consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.
The Second A&R Credit Agreement also includes financial covenants requiring us (i) not to exceed a
maximum consolidated secured net leverage ratio of 3.00:1 and (ii) to maintain a minimum consolidated
interest coverage ratio of 3.00:1. Our ability to comply with these financial covenants may be affected by
events beyond our control. Our failure to comply with any of the covenants under the Second A&R Credit
Agreement could result in a default under the terms of the Second A&R Credit Agreement, which could
permit the administrative agent or the lenders to declare all or part of any outstanding borrowings to be
immediately due and payable or foreclose on our assets, or to refuse to permit additional borrowings under
the revolving credit facility, which could restrict our operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes
in our business or to take specified actions to take advantage of certain business opportunities that may be
presented to us. In addition, if we are unable to repay those amounts, the administrative agent and the lenders
under the Second A&R Credit Agreement could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure
that debt and foreclose on our assets, which would seriously harm our business.
Climate change, legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change and a focus on environmental,
social and corporate governance (“ESG”) matters by various stakeholders may negatively affect our business
and operating results.
Climate changes, such as extreme weather conditions and natural disasters or the occurrence of
extreme weather conditions and natural disasters with increased frequency and severity, resulting from
increased concentrations of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere, could present risks to our operations by
decreasing the availability or increasing cost of materials needed for manufacturing, or increasing insurance
and other operating costs. Natural disasters and extreme weather conditions, such as hurricanes, tornadoes,
earthquakes, wildfires, or flooding, may also pose physical risks to our facilities and disrupt the operation of
our supply chain.
In addition, increased awareness and concern over climate change may result in new or additional
regional and/or federal legal or regulatory requirements designed to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and/or
mitigate the effects of climate change on the environment. Currently, there continues to be a lack of
consistent climate legislation, which creates economic and regulatory uncertainty. If such laws or regulations
are more stringent than current legal or regulatory obligations, we may experience disruption in, or an
42

increase in the costs associated with sourcing, manufacturing and distribution of our products, which may
adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Furthermore, regulators’, customers’, investors’, and employees’ expectations for ESG matters have
been rapidly evolving. The heightened stakeholder focus on these issues requires continuous monitoring of
various and evolving standards and the associated reporting requirements.
A failure to adequately meet stakeholder ESG expectations or if our ESG initiatives are viewed as
being overemphasized, combined with inconsistent and shifting standards by which to measure ESG
performance, may result in the loss of business, being subject to legal proceedings, including investigations
or litigation, diluted market valuation, an inability to attract customers or an inability to attract and retain top
talent.
Catastrophic events may disrupt our business and harm our operating results.
We rely on our network infrastructure, data centers, enterprise applications, and technology systems for
the development, marketing, support, and sales of our products, and for the internal operation of our
business. These systems are susceptible to disruption or failure in the event of an extreme weather condition,
including earthquake, fire, flood, ice and snowstorms or other natural disasters, as well as cyber-attack,
terrorist attack, telecommunications failure, health emergencies, including epidemics or pandemics, or other
catastrophic event. Many of these systems are housed or supported in or around our corporate facility
located in Northern California, near major earthquake faults and which may be vulnerable to climate change
effects, and where a significant portion of our research and development activities and other critical
business operations take place. Other critical systems are housed in communities that have been subject to
significant tropical storms, such St. Petersburg, Florida, which is the location of our manufacturing facilities
for our consumable medication packages. In the future, tropical storms may be intensified or occur with
increasing frequency as a result of climate change. Disruptions to, or the failure of any of these systems, and
the resulting loss of critical data, which is not quickly recoverable by the effective execution of disaster
recovery plans designed to reduce such disruption, could cause delays in our product development, prevent
us from fulfilling our customers’ orders, and could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business
operations, the result of which would adversely affect our operating results.
Our success is dependent on our ability to recruit and retain skilled and motivated personnel.
Our success is highly dependent upon the continuing contributions of our key management, sales,
technical, and engineering staff, and on our ability to attract, train, and retain highly skilled and motivated
personnel. As more of our products are installed in increasingly complex environments, greater technical
expertise will be required. As our installed base of customers increases, we will require additional resources
to meet increased demands on our customer service and support personnel. Furthermore, as we execute on
the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy and grow and develop our cloud-based software
as a service and solution as a service offerings, more specialized expertise will be required. This growth and
shift in products and offerings could lead to increased labor costs, and thereby increased costs of our
products and offerings, which could result reduced customer demand and our business, operating results,
cash flow, or financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, competition for
specialized and technical personnel can be intense, and the pool of suitable candidates may be limited. We may
not be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel. If we lose the services of one or more of
our key personnel, we may not be able to find a suitable replacement and our business could be materially
adversely affected. We also strive to maintain employee well-being, recognizing the continued burdens and
pressures employees may be experiencing due to macroeconomic uncertainties, including geopolitical
unrest and continued inflation, which may impact employee performance, engagement, and retention.
Furthermore, external and internal (such as our continued growth or internal restructuring initiatives) factors
may result in greater workloads for our employees compared to those at companies with which we compete
for personnel, which may lead to higher levels of employee burnout and turnover.
Competitors have in the past attempted, and may in the future attempt, to recruit our employees. In
addition, since equity compensation is a key component of our employee compensation program, any
further decrease in our stock price or failure to receive stockholder approval for future proposed increases
to the number of shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans could prevent us from granting
43

equity compensation at competitive levels and make it more difficult to attract, retain, and motivate
employees, including key employees of acquired businesses. Failure to attract and retain key personnel
could harm our competitive position, operating results, and financial condition.
Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could negatively affect our ability to compete.
Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patent protection for technology and processes,
and our ability to preserve our trademarks, copyrights, and trade secrets. We have pursued patent protection
in the United States and foreign jurisdictions for technology that we believe to be proprietary and for
technology that we find offers us a potential competitive advantage for our products. We intend to continue
to pursue such protection in the future. Our issued patents relate to various features of our medication
management solutions and medication packaging systems. We cannot assure you that we will file any patent
applications in the future and that any of our patent applications will result in issued patents, or that, if
issued, such patents will provide significant protection for our technology and processes or a competitive
advantage. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that such patents will not be challenged or invalidated or that
others will not design around the patents we own. All of our system software is copyrighted and subject to
the protection of applicable copyright laws; however, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect our
proprietary rights as effectively as they do in the U.S. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights,
there can be no assurance that our efforts to protect our proprietary rights are or will be adequate, that
competitors will not independently develop similar technology, and that unauthorized parties will not attempt
to copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary, which could
harm our competitive position.
Our products use raw materials and components that may be subject to price fluctuations, shortages, or
interruptions of supply, and if we are unable to maintain supply sources for such raw materials and components,
or if such sources fail to satisfy our supply requirements, in particular with regard to semiconductor chips, we
may experience a loss of sales, increased component costs, and reduced profitability.
Factors that are largely beyond our control, such as the cost, quality, and availability of the raw
materials and components utilized in the manufacture of our products, may affect the cost of such products,
and we may not be able to pass those costs on to our customers. Our products use raw materials and
components that may be subject to price fluctuations, shortages, or other disruptions of supply for many
reasons outside of our control. In addition, we may be dependent upon a limited number of suppliers for
certain components which may be unduly affected by supply chain disruptions. The cost, quality, and
availability of these raw materials and components are essential to the successful manufacture and sale of
our products. If we are unable to maintain supply sources of these raw materials and components, or if such
sources fail to satisfy our supply requirements, we may lose sales and experience increased component
costs.
We have developed and implemented strategies in an effort to mitigate the impact of price fluctuations,
shortages, or other disruptions of supply, but these strategies, particularly in a prolonged inflationary
environment, may only offset a portion of the adverse impact. We carry some inventory of critical components
and are otherwise working to secure supplies necessary to ensure fulfillment of customer demand, but
global shortages could result in our need to secure supplies at higher costs as well as manufacturing delays.
Supply interruptions may result in increased component delivery lead times and increased costs to obtain
components and as a result the production of our products may be impacted. If we or our suppliers are
unable to obtain components from third parties in the quantities and of the quality that we require, on a
timely basis and at acceptable prices, we may not be able to deliver our products on a timely or cost-effective
basis to our customers, or it may lead to us delivering products that are of a lower quality that may result
in increased repair and replacement costs, which could harm our business and reputation, operating results,
cash flow, and financial condition. We have also seen a period of sustained price increases for commodities
used in the manufacture of our products that may continue as demand increases and supply remains
constrained, which has resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased costs for Omnicell and thereby
potentially lower profit margins. If the costs of these commodities increase or remain elevated, it could
adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
44

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for our products, and our business may suffer if we were required
to change suppliers to obtain an adequate supply of components, equipment, and raw materials on a timely basis.
Although we generally use parts and components for our products with a high degree of modularity,
certain components are presently available only from a single source or limited sources. We rely on a limited
number of suppliers for the raw materials necessary to produce our consumable medication packages.
While we have generally been able to obtain adequate supplies of all components and raw materials in a
timely manner from existing sources, or where necessary, from alternative sources, we entered into relationships
with new suppliers in connection with the launch of our XT Series products. We engage multiple single
source third-party manufacturers to build several of our sub-assemblies. The risks associated with changing
to alternative vendors, if necessary, for any of the numerous components used to manufacture our products
could limit our ability to manufacture our products or result in the use of substitute components in our
products that could lead to additional complexity or cost in maintaining our products and thereby harm
our business. Due to our reliance on a few single source partners to build our hardware sub-assemblies and
on a limited number of suppliers for the raw materials that are necessary in the production of our consumable
medication packages, a reduction or interruption in supply from our partners or suppliers, or a significant
increase in the price of one or more components could have an adverse impact on our business, operating
results, cash flow, or financial condition. In certain circumstances, the failure of any of our suppliers or
us to perform adequately could result in quality control issues affecting end users’ acceptance of our products,
which could damage customer relationships and harm our business.
Our U.S. government lease agreements are subject to annual budget funding cycles and mandated changes,
which may affect our ability to recognize revenues and sell receivables based on such leases.
Prior to September 2021, U.S. government customers that leased our equipment typically signed
contracts with five-year payment terms that are subject to one-year government budget funding cycles.
Effective September 2021, the government mandated changes in its Federal Supply Services contract that
resulted in our determination not to enter into future leases with U.S. government customers. Our existing
leases with U.S. government customers are unaffected by this change. As a result, our volume of U.S.
government customer leases has declined and will continue to decline over time and cease in the future. In
addition, under the terms of the Federal Supply Schedule contract, certain of our U.S. government customer
contracts are terminable at the convenience of the applicable U.S. government customer. Furthermore, on
January 20, 2025, President Donald J. Trump announced an executive order establishing the “Department of
Government Efficiency” that seeks to reform federal government processes, maximize government efficiency
and productivity and reduce government expenditures. Uncertainty surrounding the U.S. federal
government’s budget and budgetary priorities, as well as pressures on government expenditures, could
adversely affect the funding for, and delay purchasing decisions by, our U.S. government customers. If any
of our government-owned or government-run hospital customers decide to terminate their agreements early
for any reason, we would not derive the expected financial benefits from any such customer, which could
result in lower than expected revenue and adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or
financial condition. In addition, the failure of any of our U.S. government customers to receive their annual
funding, or the government mandating changes to the Federal Supply Services contract, could impair our
ability to sell equipment to these customers or to sell our U.S. government receivables to third-party leasing
companies. In addition, the ability to collect payments on unsold receivables could be impaired and may
result in a write-down of our unsold receivables from U.S. government customers. The unsold receivables
balance from leases to our U.S. government customers was $4.6 million as of December 31, 2024.
If we fail to manage our inventory properly, our revenue, gross margin, and profitability could suffer.
Managing our inventory of components and finished products is a complex task. A number of factors,
including, but not limited to, the need to maintain a significant inventory of certain components that are in
short supply or that must be purchased in bulk to obtain favorable pricing, the general unpredictability of
demand for specific products and customer requests for quick delivery schedules, may result in us maintaining
large amounts of inventory. Other factors, including changes in market demand, customer requirements,
and technology, may cause our inventory to become obsolete. Any excess or obsolete inventory could result
in inventory write-downs, which in turn could harm our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial
condition.
45

Intellectual property claims against us could harm our competitive position, operating results, and financial
condition.
We expect that developers of medication management solutions and medication packaging systems will
be increasingly subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors in our industry
grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. In the future, third parties
may claim that we have infringed upon, misappropriated, or otherwise violated their intellectual property
rights with respect to current or future products. We do not carry special insurance that covers intellectual
property infringement claims, however, such claims may be covered under our traditional insurance policies.
These policies contain terms, conditions, and exclusions that make recovery for intellectual property
infringement claims difficult to guarantee. Any infringement claims, with or without merit, could be time-
consuming to defend, result in costly litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, cause product
shipment delays, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements. These royalty or licensing
agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which could harm our
competitive position, operating results, and financial condition.
Product liability claims against us could harm our competitive position, operating results, and financial
condition.
Our products include medication management solutions and medication adherence products and
services for healthcare systems and pharmacies. Despite the presence of healthcare and pharmacy
professionals as intermediaries between our products and patients, if our products fail to provide accurate
and timely information or operate as designed, customers, patients, or their family members could assert
claims against us for product liability. Moreover, failure of health care facility and pharmacy employees
to use our products properly or for their intended purposes could result in product liability claims against
us. Litigation with respect to product liability claims, regardless of any outcome, could result in substantial
cost to us, divert management’s attention from operations, and decrease market acceptance of our products.
We possess a variety of insurance policies that include coverage for general commercial liability and
technology errors and omissions liability. We attempt to mitigate these risks through contractual terms
negotiated with our customers. However, these policies and protective contractual terms may not be adequate
against product liability claims and in the past we have been subject to certain lawsuits asserting, among
other allegations, claims of product liability. A successful claim brought against us, or any claim or product
recall that results in negative publicity about us, could harm our competitive position, operating results,
and financial condition. Also, in the event that any of our products is defective, we may be required to recall
or redesign those products, which could result in increased costs and have an adverse impact on our results
of operation.
We are dependent on technologies provided by third-party vendors, the loss of which could negatively and
materially affect our ability to market, sell, or distribute our products.
Some of our products incorporate technologies owned by third parties that are licensed to us for use,
modification, and distribution. If we lose access to third-party technologies or we lose the ongoing rights to
modify and distribute these technologies with our products, we will have to devote resources to
independently develop, maintain, and support the technologies ourselves, pay increased license costs, or
transition to another vendor. Any independent development, maintenance, or support of these technologies
by us or the transition to alternative technologies could be costly, time consuming, and could delay our
product releases and upgrade schedules. These factors could negatively and materially affect our ability to
market, sell, or distribute our products.
Investment in new business strategies, initiatives, products or solutions could disrupt ongoing business and
present risks not originally contemplated.
We have invested, and in the future may invest, in new business strategies, initiatives, products, or
solutions, including with respect to our software as a service or solution as a service subscription products
and services or other subscription and cloud-based offerings. Such endeavors may involve significant risks
and uncertainties, including distraction of management from current operations, lack of expertise to
effectively execute such strategies or initiatives or to develop such products or solutions, delays, technical
46

problems (including software defects or errors) or unexpected expenses related to the entry into new
business strategies or initiatives or development of new products or solutions, insufficient revenue to offset
liabilities assumed and expenses associated with a strategy, initiative, product or solution, inadequate return
of capital or return on investment, and unidentified issues not discovered in our due diligence. These new
ventures may be inherently risky and may not be successful. Even if successful, they may not have the
projected or actual impact that we initially expected or that recoups our initial investment and we may make
a determination to exit a particular business strategy, initiative, product line or solution. As a result, such
initiatives may materially adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
The market price of our common stock may continue to be highly volatile.
Our common stock traded between $25.12 and $55.75 per share during the year ended December 31,
2024. The market price of our common stock has been and may continue to be highly volatile in response
to various factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control, including:
• actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or forecasts, and whether our operating results
meet our publicly announced guidance or expectations of securities analysts or investors;
• changes in the ratings of our common stock by securities analysts or changes in their earnings
estimates;
• changes in our business model and initiatives, such as our ongoing transition to focus on a subscription-
based business model or a decision to exit a particular business or product line, and our ongoing
restructuring initiatives to contain costs;
• developments in our customer relationships;
• changes in our Board of Directors, senior management, or key personnel;
• announcements by us or our competitors of technological innovations or new products;
• mergers, acquisitions, combinations, and other significant transactions involving us or our
competitors;
• our sale of our common stock or other securities;
• level of demand for our common stock, and actions by stockholders or short sellers of our common
stock;
• changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products or services;
• our involvement in any litigation or investigations by government authorities, including litigation
judgments, settlements, or other litigation-related costs;
• cyber events, such as breaches of data security or cyber-attacks on our systems or solutions;
• epidemics, pandemics, or other major public health crises; or
• general economic, regulatory, political and market conditions.
Furthermore, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, have
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These broad market fluctuations may cause the market
price of our common stock to decline irrespective of our performance. In addition, sales of substantial
amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could
lower the market price of our common stock.
In addition, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against companies following periods of
volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. For example, in July 2019, a putative class action
lawsuit was filed against Omnicell and certain of our officers alleging that the defendants violated federal
securities laws by making certain materially false and misleading statements. While this action was concluded
in December 2019 following the lead plaintiff’s voluntary dismissal as to all defendants, we may in the
future be subject to other class action lawsuits, especially following periods of volatility in our stock price.
47

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate, which makes our future operating results difficult to
predict, and may cause our stock price to decline.
Our quarterly and annual operating results have varied and may vary in the future. In addition to other
factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section, factors, many of which are outside of our control and are
difficult to predict, that may cause our quarterly or annual operating results to fluctuate include, but are not
limited to, the following:
• the size, product mix, and timing of orders for our products, and their installation and integration
and whether our estimates for the same were proper;
• our ability to successfully install our products on a timely basis and meet other contractual obligations
necessary to recognize revenue;
• fluctuations in customer demand for our products, including due to changes in our customers’
budgets, healthcare worker turnover rates and labor shortages and whether customer demand was
properly estimated;
• our ability to control costs, including operating expenses, and continue cost reduction efforts, such as
our restructuring initiative;
• changes in pricing policies by us or our competitors;
• the number, timing, and significance of product enhancements and new product announcements by
us or our competitors;
• the timing and significance of any acquisition or business development transactions that we may
consider or negotiate and the revenues, costs, and earnings that may be associated with these
transactions;
• the relative proportions of revenues we derive from products and services;
• our ability to generate cash from our accounts receivable on a timely basis;
• changes in, and our ability to successfully execute on, our business strategy; and
• macroeconomic and political conditions, including fluctuations in interest rates, tax increases,
availability of credit markets, and trade and tariff actions.
Due to all of these factors, our quarterly or annual revenues and operating results are difficult to
predict and may fluctuate, which in turn may cause the market price of our stock to decline.
If financial or industry analysts have difficulty understanding the changes to our business model, or we fail to
meet (or significantly exceed) our publicly announced financial guidance, our stock price and trading volume
could decline.
We are transitioning to focus on a subscription-based business model, which industry or financial
analysts that publish reports about our business, may not have historically reflected, or may not accurately
reflect in the future. As a result, analysts’ ability to accurately forecast our results may be negatively impacted
and it may be more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. As a result, if our financial results fail to
meet (or significantly exceed) our publicly announced financial guidance or the expectations of analysts or
investors, analysts could downgrade our common stock or publish unfavorable research that could cause our
stock price or trading volume to decline, potentially significantly.
Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or harm our
business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We may seek additional capital through a variety of means, including through private and public equity
offerings and debt financings. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or
convertible debt securities, or the refinancing of our existing convertible notes, the ownership interest will be
diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our
stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting
our ability to take certain actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, entering
48

into licensing arrangements, or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds from third parties, we may
have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.
If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financing when needed, our ability to
market, sell, or distribute our solutions and/or fund our operations may be negatively impacted and could
harm our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
Certain provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law may discourage, delay, or prevent an
acquisition of us and limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for certain disputes.
Certain anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law and our charter documents may make a change in
control of our Company more difficult, even if a change in control would be beneficial to the stockholders.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that stockholders’ meetings may only be called by our Board of
Directors. Our bylaws provide that stockholders may not take action by written consent, and require that
stockholders comply with advance notice procedures to nominate director candidates for election or to
propose matters to be acted upon at a meeting of our stockholders. Delaware law also prohibits corporations
from engaging in a business combination with any holders of 15% or more of their capital stock until the
holder has held the stock for three years unless, among other possibilities, our Board of Directors approves
the transaction. Our Board of Directors may use these provisions to prevent changes in the management
and control of our Company. Also, under applicable Delaware law, our Board of Directors may adopt
additional anti-takeover measures in the future including, without limitation, a stockholder rights plan.
In addition, our bylaws also establish the Delaware Court of Chancery as the exclusive forum for
certain legal actions, including certain stockholder disputes, and establish the federal district courts of the
United States of America as the exclusive forum for any action asserting a cause of action arising under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which exclusive forum provisions may limit the ability of our
stockholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholders find favorable for disputes with us
or our directors, officers, or other employees.
Risk Factors Related to Our Notes
Conversion of the 2029 Notes and the 2025 Notes may dilute the ownership interest of our stockholders or may
otherwise depress the price of our common stock.
The conversion of some or all of the 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”) or
the 0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”) may dilute the ownership interests of our
stockholders. Upon conversion of the 2029 Notes or the 2025 Notes, we have the option to pay or deliver, as
the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of our common
stock in respect of the remainder, if any, of our conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal
amount of the 2029 Notes or the 2025 Notes, as applicable, being converted. If we elect to settle the remainder,
if any, of our conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes or the
2025 Notes being converted in shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our
common stock, any sales in the public market of our common stock issuable upon such conversion could
adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the existence of the 2029 Notes or
the 2025 Notes may encourage short selling by market participants because the conversion of the 2029
Notes or the 2025 Notes could be used to satisfy short positions, or anticipated conversion of the 2029 Notes
or the 2025 Notes into shares of our common stock could depress the price of our common stock.
The conditional conversion feature of the 2029 Notes or the 2025 Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our
financial condition and operating results.
The 2029 Notes are convertible on or after August 1, 2029 and, in the event the conditional conversion
features are triggered, prior to August 1, 2029. The 2025 Notes are convertible on or after May 15, 2025
and, in the event the conditional conversion features are triggered, prior to May 15, 2025. If one or more
holders elect to convert the 2029 Notes or 2025 Notes, we would be required to settle any converted principal
amount of such 2029 Notes or 2025 Notes through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our
liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert the 2029 Notes or 2025 Notes, we could be
required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the
49

2029 Notes or 2025 Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material
reduction of our net working capital.
The convertible note hedge and warrant transactions may affect the value of our common stock.
In connection with the offering of the 2029 Notes and 2025 Notes, respectively, we entered into
convertible note hedge transactions with an affiliate of one of the initial purchasers of the 2029 Notes and
2025 Notes and certain other financial institutions (the “option counterparties”). We also entered into warrant
transactions with the option counterparties. The convertible note hedge transactions are expected generally
to reduce the potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion of 2029 Notes or 2025 Notes
and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted 2029
Notes or 2025 Notes, as the case may be. However, the warrant transactions separately have, and could
continue to have, a dilutive effect on our common stock to the extent that the market price per share of our
common stock exceeds the strike price of the warrants. In addition, the option counterparties or their
respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with
respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in
secondary market transactions prior to the maturity of the 2029 Notes or 2025 Notes (and are likely to do so
in connection with any conversion of the 2029 Notes or 2025 Notes or redemption or repurchase of the
2029 Notes or 2025 Notes), which could cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our
common stock.
Changes in the credit quality of the option counterparties may affect the efficacy of our hedge and
warrant transactions. By entering into the hedge and warrant transactions, we are subject to the risk that
the option counterparties may incur significant financial hardships, potentially resulting in their default under
the convertible note hedge transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of the option counterparties will
not be secured by any collateral. If an option counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we
will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under
the convertible note hedge transactions with such option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many
factors but, generally, an increase in our exposure will be correlated to an increase in the market price and in
the volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer
adverse tax consequences and more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock.
We can provide no assurances that the hedge or warrant transactions will have the intended effects or as to
the financial stability or viability of the option counterparties.
General Risk Factors
Changes in our tax rates, exposure to additional tax liabilities, or the adoption of new tax legislation could
adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition.
We are subject to taxes in the United States and foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. Our future
effective tax rates could be affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control, including:
changes in the mix of earnings with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax
assets and liabilities, changes in federal, state, and international tax laws or their interpretation, adjustments
to income tax expense upon the finalization of tax returns, changes in tax attributes, or changes in accounting
principles. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes to determine the adequacy of our
provision for taxes. We are also subject to examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue
Service and other tax authorities. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these examinations will
not materially adversely affect our business, operating results, cash flow, or financial condition. Forecasting
our estimated annual effective tax rate is complex and subject to uncertainty, and there may be a material
difference between the forecasted and the accrued effective tax rates. Any increase in our effective tax rate
would reduce our profitability.
On December 15, 2022, the EU Member States formally adopted the EU’s Pillar Two Directive, which
generally provides for a minimum effective tax rate of 15%, as established by the Organization for Economic
Co-operation and Development (OECD) Pillar Two Framework that was supported by over 130 countries
worldwide. The EU effective dates are January 1, 2024, and January 1, 2025, for different aspects of the
directive. A significant number of countries are also implementing similar local legislation. We are
50

continuing to evaluate the potential impact of the Pillar Two Framework on future periods, pending
legislative adoption by additional individual countries.
Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could cause our stock price to decline.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the United
States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) require annual management assessments of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and a report by our independent registered
public accounting firm attesting to the effectiveness of internal control. If we fail to maintain effective internal
control over financial reporting, as such standards are modified, supplemented, or amended from time to
time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal
control over financial reporting. Should that occur, we may not be able to accurately report our financial
results, prevent fraud, or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause investors to lose
confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our stock price. In addition,
our failure to timely file our periodic reports could eventually result in the delisting of our common stock,
regulatory sanctions from the SEC, and/or the breach of the terms contained in our credit facility, or any
preferred equity or debt securities we may issue in the future, any of which could have a material adverse
impact on our operations and investment in our common stock.
ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
There are currently no unresolved issues with respect to any SEC staff’s written comments.
ITEM 1C.
CYBERSECURITY
In general, the Company addresses cybersecurity risks through a comprehensive approach that is
focused on preserving the security of its information and by identifying, preventing and mitigating
cybersecurity threats, as well as effectively responding to cybersecurity incidents when they occur. The
Company believes that this comprehensive approach helps to ensure that the highest levels of oversight is
provided to its cybersecurity risk management activities and fosters collaborative consultation between
management and the Board.
Board Oversight
As part of its risk oversight function, the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors is
primarily responsible for overseeing and reviewing the Company’s information security and technology
risks, including cybersecurity. In this role, the Audit Committee monitors the prevention, detection, mitigation
and remediation of cybersecurity incidents through the regular receipt of reports from management on the
effectiveness of its cybersecurity programs. These reports include semi-annual cybersecurity updates from the
Company’s Chief Information Officer and quarterly reports from the Company’s risk management
personnel on the progress of the Company’s broader Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) risk mitigation
activities. As part of the ERM process, the Audit Committee provides input on key risks for the Company
to consider. The Board also provides quarterly input on its views regarding potential emerging risk areas for
the Company. The Audit Committee then reports to the full Board on a quarterly basis regarding its
oversight activities and the risk management activities of the Company. In addition, the full Board
periodically participates in cybersecurity-related table-top exercises and receives incident reports from the
SIRT (as defined herein) as significant matters may arise.
Enterprise Risk Management
The Company utilizes a structured, biannual ERM process to identify, assess, and address material
risks facing the Company, including cybersecurity risks, during which business leaders across the Company
are surveyed about current and emerging risk areas. After the ERM survey is completed and risk areas
are identified, the results are discussed with the relevant management personnel across the organization in
the key risk areas, root causes are analyzed, risk mitigation plans are developed, and key risk indicators are
51

utilized to monitor mitigation efforts. The Chief Information Officer works closely with the Company’s
management team in all facets of its ERM risk mitigation activities related to cybersecurity and information
security risks.
Ongoing Mitigation Efforts
The Company has implemented a number of security measures designed to protect its systems and
data, including firewalls, antivirus and malware detection tools, patches, log monitors, routine back-ups,
system audits, system hardening, penetration testing and privileged access session management. In addition,
the Company has continued its efforts to migrate its platforms to cloud-based computing, which is designed
to further strengthen its security posture. The Company has focused on its incident response procedures and
retained a leading incident response provider. The Company has also recently strengthened its disaster
recovery procedures. The Company’s solutions incorporate cybersecurity features that are routinely analyzed.
In addition, the Company maintains insurance that responds to cyber-attacks, which coverage limit and
cost is discussed and reviewed with the Audit Committee annually.
The Company has what it believes are appropriate physical, technical, and administrative controls in
place that are designed to protect customers’ data. The Company uses a three-pronged approach focused on
further reducing exposure, raising greater security awareness, and further strengthening the Company’s
cybersecurity defenses. This approach resulted in the Company further hardening its identity computing
environments as part of its progress to a zero trust environment, heightened cybersecurity awareness efforts
through increased comprehensive information security awareness training for employees on a quarterly
basis, and the strengthening of the Company’s cybersecurity defenses through implementation of multifactor
authentication for Privileged Access Management and Endpoint Detection and Response solutions across
the Company’s computing environment.
Incident Response
In the event of a cybersecurity incident, dependent upon the nature of the incident, the Company has a
Security Incident Response Team (“SIRT”) that is comprised of employees who have responsibility and
authority to act during a cyber incident without delay, including, dependent upon the nature of the incident,
the Company’s Chief Legal Officer, Chief Information Security Officer and Chief Information Officer.
The SIRT includes individuals responsible for assessing, containing, and responding to incidents, as well as
those responsible for assessing the business and legal impacts, reporting incidents as appropriate,
communicating to internal and external stakeholders, and engaging with industry and government response
partners to coordinate information and resource sharing when needed. During a cybersecurity incident,
as warranted, the SIRT keeps the Company’s senior leadership and Board apprised of the response to the
incident, any material operational or business impacts, and any material internal or external communications
regarding the incident. The SIRT will also seek the input of the Company’s senior leadership and Board,
as needed, when addressing a cybersecurity incident. Upon resolution of a cybersecurity incident, generally,
the Audit Committee will review the incident, the impact and the mitigation efforts and remediation
actions the Company will implement. The Audit Committee then monitors the completion of the remediation
actions and mitigation efforts.
Cybersecurity Leaders in Management
The Company’s IT strategy and implementation is overseen by a dedicated Chief Information Officer
with over 20 years of experience in the field, including previously serving a 17-year tenure, most recently as
Vice President of Global IT, with a global technology leader of fiber optic subsystems and components. He
holds a Bachelor of Science in Computer Science and Engineering from Andhra University in India and
an MBA from the Indian School of Business. In addition, the Company has engaged a Chief Information
Security Officer (“CISO”) that has built and managed world-class information security programs and
technology teams for industry leading global companies. She has deep experience securing healthcare-
focused companies in both the provider and supplier space. She holds a Bachelor of Science from the
University of Redlands and an MBA from Notre Dame De Namur University along with holding certified
information systems security professional (“CISSP”) and certified information security manager (“CISM”)
certifications.
52

Third Parties
The Company utilizes third-party service providers, such as cloud services, in connection with its
operations, and its information security department implements a third-party risk assessment and review
process in connection with those services to evaluate security posture and risk. The Company also engages
third parties to assist in its cybersecurity management efforts, such as the leading incident response provider
mentioned above and another provider to perform continuous monitoring and regular penetration testing
of its information security systems and environment. The Company and its personnel also actively engage
with a number of other key vendors, industry participants and intelligence and law enforcement communities
as part of its information security and cybersecurity efforts.
53

ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
Our headquarters are located in a leased facility in Fort Worth, Texas. The following is a list of our
material leased facilities and their primary functions:
Site
Major Activity
Approximate
Square
Footage
St. Petersburg, Florida
Administration, marketing, research and
development, sales, and manufacturing
167,700
Warrendale, Pennsylvania
Manufacturing and research and development
107,400
Cranberry Township, Pennsylvania
Administration, marketing, research and
development, sales, technical support, and training
58,400
Irlam, United Kingdom
Administration, sales, marketing, and distribution
center
61,000
Milpitas, California
Administration, manufacturing, and research and
development
46,300
Fort Worth, Texas
Administration, sales, marketing, and research and
development
34,400
We also have smaller rented facilities in Strongsville, Ohio; Austin, Texas; Grapevine, Texas; Germany;
France; India; Italy; the People’s Republic of China; the United Arab Emirates; Australia; and the United
Kingdom.
We believe that these facilities are sufficient for our current operational needs and that suitable
additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate expansion of our
operations, if necessary.
For additional information regarding our obligations pursuant to operating leases, refer to Note 13,
Lessee Leases, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Refer to the information set forth under “Legal Proceedings” in Note 14, Commitments and
Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
54

PART II
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market for Our Common Stock
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “OMCL.”
Stockholders
There were 74 registered stockholders of record as of February 19, 2025. A substantially greater
number of stockholders are beneficial holders, whose shares of record are held by banks, brokers, and other
financial institutions.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently expect to
retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate
paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
Performance Graph
The following graph compares total stockholder returns for Omnicell’s common stock for the past
five years to two indexes: the NASDAQ Composite Index and the NASDAQ Health Care Index. The graph
assumes $100 was invested in each of Omnicell’s common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the
NASDAQ Health Care Index as of the market close on December 31, 2019. The total return for Omnicell’s
common stock and for each index assumes the reinvestment of all dividends, although cash dividends have
never been declared on Omnicell’s common stock, and is based on the returns of the component companies
weighted according to their capitalization as of the end of each annual period.
The NASDAQ Composite Index tracks the aggregate price performance of equity securities traded on
the NASDAQ Stock Market. The NASDAQ Health Care Index tracks the aggregate price performance of
healthcare and health services equity securities. Omnicell’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global
Select Market and is a component of both indexes. The stock price performance shown on the graph is
based on historical results and should not be relied upon as an indication of future price performance.
55

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN(1)(2)
Among Omnicell, Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the NASDAQ Health Care Index
$250
$200
$150
$100
$50
12/19
12/20
12/21
12/22
12/23
NASDAQ Health Care
NASDAQ Composite
Omnicell, Inc.
12/24
$–
(1)
$100 invested on December 31, 2019 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
(2)
This section is not deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC and is not to be
incorporated by reference into any filing of Omnicell, Inc. under the Securities Act or the Exchange
Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language
in any such filing.
Year Ended December 31,
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Omnicell, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$100.00
$146.87
$220.80
$ 61.70
$ 46.05
$ 54.48
NASDAQ Composite
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100.00
144.92
177.06
119.45
172.77
223.87
NASDAQ Health Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100.00
127.18
114.41
86.04
86.74
84.53
Stock Repurchase Program
We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during the year ended December 31, 2024.
Refer to Note 16, Stock Repurchase Programs, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
ITEM 6.
[Reserved]
56

ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial
Statements and related Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This
discussion and analysis may contain forward-looking statements based upon our current expectations and
assumptions that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ
materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including
those set forth under Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Unless
otherwise stated, references in this Annual Report to particular years or quarters refer to our fiscal year and the
associated quarters of those fiscal years.
We have elected to omit discussion of the earliest of the three years covered by the Consolidated Financial
Statements presented. Such omitted discussion can be found under Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” located in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2024, for reference to discussion of
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, the earliest of the three fiscal years presented.
OVERVIEW
Our Business
Omnicell, a leader in transforming the pharmacy and nursing care delivery model, is committed to
solving the critical challenges inherent in medication management and elevating the role of clinicians within
healthcare as an essential component of care delivery. Omnicell is focused on helping its customers define
and deliver a cost-effective medication management strategy designed to equip and empower pharmacists and
nurses to focus on patient care rather than administrative tasks, and to drive improved clinical, operational,
and financial outcomes across all care settings. We are doing this with an industry-leading medication
management infrastructure which includes robotics and smart devices, software workflows, expert services,
and operational and optimization analytics. This comprehensive set of solutions provides the critical
foundation for customers to realize the Autonomous Pharmacy, an industry-wide vision defined by pharmacy
leaders for improving operational efficiencies and ultimately targeting zero-error medication management.
Omnicell solutions are helping healthcare facilities worldwide to uncover cost savings, improve labor
efficiency, establish new revenue streams, enhance supply chain control, support compliance, and move
closer to the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy. We sell our product and consumable
solutions together with related service offerings. Revenues generated in the United States represented 91% of
our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Over the past several years, our business has expanded from a single-point solution to a platform of
products and services that will help further advance the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous
Pharmacy. This expansion has resulted in larger deal sizes across multiple products, services, and
implementations for customers and, we believe, more comprehensive, valuable, and enduring relationships.
As our business evolves, we continue to evaluate the metrics and methods we use to measure the success of our
business.
We utilize bookings as an indicator of the success of our business. During 2024, we defined bookings
generally as: (i) the value of non-cancelable contracts for our connected devices, software products, and
SaaS and Expert Services (although, for those SaaS and Expert Services contracts without a minimum
commitment, bookings only include the amount of revenue that has been recognized once the services have
been provided); and (ii) for our consumables, the value of orders placed through our Omnicell Storefront
online platform or through written or telephonic orders. We typically exclude technical services and other less
significant items ancillary to our products and services, such as freight revenue, from bookings. In addition,
dependent upon counterparty or credit risk, which is evaluated at the time of contract signing, for a given
multi-year subscription contract we may reduce the portion of the contractual commitment booked at a given
time. As noted, the portfolio of products, solutions, and services we offer has evolved. As a result, the
ordering process for certain of our solutions has also evolved. For example, orders for certain solutions may
not include a purchase order. Connected devices and software license bookings are recorded as revenue
57

upon customer acceptance of the installation or receipt of goods. Revenues from SaaS and Expert Services
bookings are recorded over the contractual term. Bookings increased by 8%, from $854 million in 2023 to
$923 million in 2024, primarily driven by XT Series upgrades as we complete the XT Series upgrade cycle,
as well as better than expected bookings of XTExtend, a core component of the multi-year XT Amplify
innovation program.
We generally provide installation planning and consulting as part of most connected device product
sales, which is typically included in the initial price of the solution. To help ensure the maximum availability
of our systems, our customers typically purchase technical services contracts (support and maintenance)
in increments of one to five years. In addition to connected device product sales, we provide a range of services
to our customers. We also provide comprehensive service offerings such as Central Pharmacy Dispensing
Service (service portion), IV Compounding Service (service portion), EnlivenHealth, Specialty Pharmacy
Services, 340B solutions, Inventory Optimization Service, and other software solutions, which typically are
provided over two to seven years.
2025 Product Bookings and Annual Recurring Revenue
Starting in 2025, we will utilize product bookings and Annual Recurring Revenue (each as further
described below) as key performance metrics for our business. We view product bookings as an indicator of
the success of certain portions of our business that generate nonrecurring revenue and Annual Recurring
Revenue as an indicator of the success of the portion of our business that generates recurring revenues. The
definitions and descriptions included below are relevant to these key performance metrics that will replace
our prior bookings metric in 2025 and beyond.
Product Bookings
We utilize product bookings as an indicator of the success of certain portions of our business that
generate non-recurring revenue. We define product bookings generally as the value of non-cancelable
contracts for our connected devices and software licenses. We typically exclude freight revenue and other
less significant items ancillary to our products from product bookings. In addition, dependent upon
counterparty or credit risk, which is evaluated at the time of contract signing, for a given multi-year
subscription contract we may reduce the value of the contractual commitment booked at a given time.
Connected devices and software license bookings are recorded as revenue upon customer acceptance of the
installation or receipt of goods. Using the new definition of the metric, product bookings were $558 million
as of December 31, 2024.
Annual Recurring Revenue
We consider revenues generated from our consumables, technical services, and SaaS and Expert
Services to be recurring revenues. For the portions of our business which generate recurring revenues, we
utilize Annual Recurring Revenue (“ARR”) as a key metric to measure our progress in growing our recurring
revenue business. We define ARR at a measurement date as the revenue we expect to receive from our
customers over the course of the following year for providing them with products or services. ARR includes
expected revenue from all customers who are using our products or services at the reported date. For
technical services and SaaS and Expert Services, solutions are generally on a contractual basis, typically
with contracts for a period of 12 months or more, with a high probability of renewal. Probability of renewal
is based on historic renewal experience of the individual revenue streams or management’s best estimates if
historical renewal experience is not available. Consumables orders are placed by customers through our
Omnicell Storefront online platform or through written or telephonic orders and are sold to a customer
base who utilize the consumable product and place recurring orders when customer inventory is depleted.
ARR is generally calculated based on revenues received in the most recent quarter and changes to expected
revenues where solutions were added to or removed from the install or customer base in the quarter. Revenues
from technical services and SaaS and Expert Services are recorded ratably over the service term. Revenue
from consumables are recorded when the product has shipped and title has passed. Our measure of ARR may
be different than that used by other companies. Because ARR is based on expected future revenue, it does
not represent revenue recognized during a particular reporting period or revenue to be recognized in future
58

reporting periods. ARR should not be viewed as a substitute for revenues. Under the new metric, ARR was
$580 million as of December 31, 2024.
The following table summarizes each revenue category:
Revenue Category
Revenue Type
Income
Statement
Classification
Included in
Bookings
(through 2024)
Included in
Product Bookings
(2025 onwards)
Included in ARR
(2025 onwards)
Connected devices, software
licenses, and other . . . . . . . .
Nonrecurring
Product
Yes(1)
Yes(1)
No
Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recurring
Product
Yes
No
Yes
Technical services . . . . . . . . . .
Recurring
Service
No
No
Yes
SaaS and Expert Services(2) . . .
Recurring
Service
Yes(3)
No
Yes
(1)
Certain other insignificant revenue streams ancillary to our products and services, such as freight
revenue, are not included in bookings.
(2)
Includes Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service (service portion), IV Compounding Service (service
portion), EnlivenHealth, Specialty Pharmacy Services, 340B solutions, Inventory Optimization Service,
and other software solutions.
(3)
For those SaaS and Expert Services contracts without a minimum commitment, bookings only include
the amount of revenue that has been recognized once the services have been provided.
Operating Segments
We manage our operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making
operating decisions. Our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is our Chief Executive Officer. The
CODM allocates resources and evaluates the performance of Omnicell at the consolidated level using our
consolidated net income. In addition, the CODM is provided with certain segment assets, primarily those
that impact liquidity, as well as certain significant expenses. All significant operating decisions are based upon
an analysis of Omnicell as one operating segment, which is the same as our reporting segment.
Our full-time employee headcount was approximately 3,670 on December 31, 2024.
Business Strategy
In 2023, the United States spent $723 billion on prescription drugs, a 13.6% increase from 2022. This
was the largest annual spending increase in 20 years and impacted patients in virtually all settings of care.
We believe there are significant challenges facing the practice of pharmacy today including, but not limited
to, budget constraints, increased healthcare worker turnover rates, labor shortages, drug shortages, drug
diversion, manual and error-prone processes, complex compliance requirements, and limited inventory
visibility. Each of these challenges may lead to poor medication management outcomes including, but not
limited to, medication errors, adverse drug events, lack of patient adherence, and medication waste. We also
recognize that these challenges may impact the timing of contracting for, or implementation of, our
products, solutions, or services. However, we believe that over time these significant challenges to the practice
of pharmacy will drive demand for increased automation, visibility, insights, and improved medication
management outcomes that our solutions are designed to enable. Because of this, we believe that our solutions
are well-positioned to address the evolving needs of healthcare institutions and therefore present
opportunities for long-term growth.
In an effort to address these challenges and deliver solutions to help drive positive medication
management outcomes, we continue to make significant investments in our research and development
efforts to further advance the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy. Furthermore, we believe
a combination of robotics and smart devices, software workflows, expert services, and operational and
optimization analytics is needed in every care setting where medications are managed. We are focused on
delivering solutions to help our customers realize the industry-defined vision of the Autonomous Pharmacy
59

and drive positive medication management outcomes with outstanding customer experience through a
mature channel in four market categories:
• Points of Care.
As a market leader, we expect to continue expansion into this product market as
customers increase the use of our dispensing systems in more areas within their hospitals and
increasingly in ambulatory care settings. Macroeconomic trends in our target market continue to
improve as health system margins and volumes increase and stabilize in the post-pandemic
environment. This positive trajectory is expected to drive increased demand for system modernization
through automation, software, and analytics. We are seeing customers seek to maximize the value
of existing automated dispensing system investments and continue to invest in next-generation
enhancements and solutions for points of care. We believe that customers will upgrade their current
installed base over time as we deliver these new solutions to market. We also believe there is an
opportunity for us to expand this offering and define a new standard for dispensing systems in
ambulatory settings. We believe our current solutions for Points of Care and new innovations and
services will continue to help customers drive improved clinical and financial outcomes.
• Central Pharmacy and IV Compounding.
This market represents the beginning of the medication
management process in acute care settings, and we believe it is a significant automation opportunity
for high volumes of manual, repetitive, and error-prone processes that are often common in
pharmacies today. Manual medication dispensing processes are usually labor intensive, error-prone,
and may lead to excess medication waste and expirations for our healthcare partners. Automating the
central pharmacy dispensing process should enable customers to reallocate pharmacy labor,
enhance dispensing accuracy and patient safety, and reduce medication waste and expirations.
Likewise, the manual compounding of sterile IV preparations can be error-prone and create significant
patient safety risks, and outsourcing sterile IV compounding could lead to increased medication
costs and lack of access to needed medications due to an inability to source medications when they
are required. As a result, we believe IV automation provides a significant opportunity to enhance
patient safety and reduce costs. We anticipate that these technology-enabled services will become
more critical as health systems continue to face labor shortages, increased financial pressure, and
supply chain disruptions.
• Specialty Pharmacy and 340B Program.
We believe that health systems will continue to invest in
programs that are intended to improve patient outcomes and drive cost savings by utilizing specialty
pharmacies and the federal 340B Drug Pricing Program (the “340B Program”). The 340B Program
allows qualifying hospitals and health systems to stretch federal resources and expand patient access to
healthcare by requiring manufacturers participating in Medicaid to sell outpatient drugs at
discounted prices to eligible healthcare organizations and covered entities. Specialty drugs are used
for treatment of complex conditions and often require intensive patient management and specialized
workflows for dispensing and care coordination. Specialty medications are projected to account for
nearly 60% of U.S. total spending on medications, with total spending projected to be approximately
$420 billion in 2025. Specialty pharmacies serve as the connection between patients, prescribing
physicians, and payers and work to streamline access and adherence to these specialty drugs. We
believe a solution that is designed to help health systems start or optimize their specialty pharmacy
programs and the related pharmaceutical aspects of patient care will help ensure continuity of care and
should contribute to the revenue and profitability of those organizations. We believe that a fully
optimized specialty pharmacy operation represents one of the largest economic opportunities for
hospitals and health systems.
• Ambulatory Care.
We believe ambulatory care, especially the retail and institutional market,
represents a significant opportunity as healthcare evolves. Retail pharmacies are expected to fill
4.98 billion prescriptions in 2025 and grow at a compound annual growth rate of around 7.1%, which
would result in an approximate $1.2 trillion market valuation by 2032. Additionally, the shift of
outpatient care from hospitals and physician offices to other, more convenient settings, such as retail
pharmacies and the home continues to be a growing trend. New technologies and increased scope
of practice for pharmacists appear to be spurring innovation and expansion of the provision of clinical
services by retail pharmacies. We believe this development, combined with the move to value-based
care, will drive the adoption of our patient engagement offerings. These solutions are intended to help
providers (including pharmacists) engage patients in new ways that are expected to improve
outcomes, reduce the total cost of care, and lead to more profitable operations.
60

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our
Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make certain
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of any
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting periods. We regularly review our estimates and assumptions, which are
based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of certain
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these
estimates and assumptions. We believe the following critical accounting estimates are affected by significant
judgments used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements:
Revenue Recognition
We earn revenues from sales of our products and related services, which are sold in the healthcare
industry, our principal market. Many of our sales contain multiple performance obligations, with a
combination of hardware systems, software products, support and maintenance, and professional services.
A significant level of judgment is involved in contractual arrangements with multiple performance
obligations to determine appropriate allocation of the transaction price. We allocate the transaction price to
separate performance obligations based on the estimated standalone selling price of each performance
obligation. Standalone selling price is best evidenced by the price we would charge for the good or service
when selling it separately in similar circumstances to similar customers. Other than for the renewal of annual
technical services contracts, our products and services are not generally sold separately. We use an amount
discounted from the list price as a best estimated standalone selling price.
Additionally, judgment is required to determine the timing of revenue recognition for each performance
obligation based upon when control transfers to a customer. We review our performance obligations in a
contract and evaluate when transfer of control occurs. Generally, for products requiring a complex
implementation, control passes when the product is installed and functionally ready for use. For all other
products, control generally passes when product has been shipped and title has passed. For support and
maintenance contracts and certain other services, including SaaS and Expert Services provided on a
subscription basis, control passes to the customer over time, generally ratably over the service term. Time
and material services transfer control to the customer at the time the services are provided.
These judgments have been applied consistently for all periods presented. Changes in the assumptions
or judgements used in determining the standalone selling price or timing of revenue recognition could impact
the amount and timing of revenue reported in a particular period.
Inventory
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, computed using the first-in, first-out method, and net
realizable value. We regularly monitor inventory quantities on hand and record write-downs for excess and
obsolete inventories based on our estimate of demand for our products, potential obsolescence of technology,
product life cycles, and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory
exceeds its estimated selling price. These factors are impacted by market and economic conditions, technology
changes, and new product introductions and require estimates that may include elements that are uncertain.
Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and may have a material effect on gross margins. If
inventory is written down, a new cost basis is established that cannot be increased in future periods. Changes
in our assumptions, judgments, or estimates could impact future financial results if additional write-downs
for excess and obsolete inventories are needed.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense or benefit for financial
statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of income tax credits, uncertain
61

tax positions, and in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which arise from differences in the
timing of the recognition of certain income and expenses for tax and financial statement purposes. We assess
the likelihood of the realization of deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance in each
reporting period. In reaching our conclusion, we evaluate certain relevant criteria as provided in ASC 740,
Income Taxes, including having sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in future years. Our
judgment regarding future taxable income may change due to future changes in the company’s profitability
due to market conditions, changes in U.S. or international tax laws, and other factors. Changes in judgment
may require material adjustments to deferred tax assets, which may result in an increase or decrease to our
income tax provision in the period of adjustment.
As a global company, we use significant judgment to calculate and provide for income taxes in each of
the tax jurisdictions in which we operate. In the ordinary course of business, transactions and calculations
occur whose ultimate tax outcome cannot be certain. Some of these uncertainties arise due to transfer pricing
for transactions with our subsidiaries and the determination of tax nexus.
We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740. We estimate and recognize the tax
benefit from an uncertain tax position if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon
examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits
recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit
that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The calculation of tax
liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of ASC 740
and complex tax laws.
Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, there is no guarantee that the final tax outcome will
not differ from what is reflected in our historical income tax provisions, returns, and accruals. Such differences,
or changes in estimates relating to potential differences, could have a material impact on our income tax
provision and operating results in the period such determination is made.
Recently Issued Authoritative Guidance
Refer to “Recently Issued Authoritative Guidance” in Note 1, Organization and Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K
for a description of recently issued accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption
and estimated effects on our results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Total Revenues
Year Ended December 31,
Change in
2024
2023
$
%
(Dollars in thousands)
Product revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 630,507
$ 708,561
$(78,054)
(11)%
Percentage of total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57%
62%
Service revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
481,731
438,551
43,180
10%
Percentage of total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43%
38%
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,112,238
$1,147,112
$(34,874)
(3)%
Product revenues represented 57% and 62% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2024
and 2023, respectively. Product revenues decreased by $78.1 million, primarily due to a challenging
environment through a significant portion of 2024 for some of our health system customers and the timing
of our XT Series systems lifecycle, as we are largely through the replacement cycle.
Service revenues represented 43% and 38% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2024
and 2023, respectively. Services and other revenues include revenues from technical services and SaaS and
Expert Services offerings. Service revenues increased by $43.2 million, primarily due to an increase of
62

$12.4 million in technical services revenues as a result of growth in our installed customer base and the
impact of pricing actions, as well as an increase of $30.8 million in SaaS and Expert Services revenues due
to continued customer demand.
Our international sales represented 9% and 12% of total revenues for the years ended December 31,
2024 and 2023, respectively, and are expected to be affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
We are unable to predict the extent to which revenues in future periods will be impacted by changes in foreign
currency exchange rates.
Our ability to grow revenues is dependent on our ability to continue to obtain orders from customers,
which may be dependent upon customers’ capital equipment budgets and/or capital equipment approval
cycles, our ability to produce quality products and consumables to fulfill customer demand, the volume of
installations we are able to complete, our ability to meet customer needs by providing a quality installation
experience, our ability to develop new or enhance existing solutions, and our flexibility in workforce
allocations among customers to complete installations on a timely basis. The timing of our product revenues
for equipment is primarily dependent on when our customers’ schedules and/or staffing levels allow for
installations.
Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit
Cost of revenues is primarily comprised of three general categories: (i) standard product costs which
account for the majority of the product cost of revenues that are provided to customers, and are inclusive of
purchased material, labor to build the product, and overhead costs associated with production; (ii) costs of
providing services and installation costs, including costs of personnel and other expenses; and (iii) other costs,
including variances in standard costs and overhead, scrap costs, rework, provisions for excess and obsolete
inventory, and amortization of software development costs and intangibles.
Year Ended December 31,
Change in
2024
2023
$
%
(Dollars in thousands)
Cost of revenues:
Cost of product revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$383,025
$414,106
$(31,081)
(8)%
As a percentage of related revenues . . . . . . . . . . .
61%
58%
Cost of service revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
258,210
236,166
22,044
9%
As a percentage of related revenues . . . . . . . . . . .
54%
54%
Total cost of revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$641,235
$650,272
$ (9,037)
(1)%
As a percentage of total revenues
. . . . . . . . . . . .
58%
57%
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$471,003
$496,840
$(25,837)
(5)%
Gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42%
43%
Cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31,
2023 decreased by $9.0 million, primarily driven by a $31.1 million decrease in cost of product revenues,
partially offset by a $22.0 million increase in cost of service revenues.
The decrease in cost of product revenues was primarily driven by the decrease in product revenues of
$78.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The
decrease in cost of product revenues has not decreased proportionally with the decrease in product revenues
for the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to the decrease in revenues of higher margin products
as well as the impact of certain fixed costs, such as labor and overhead. In addition, the decrease in cost of
product revenues was partially offset by $5.4 million of inventory write-down charges related to the
Company’s Medimat Robotic Dispensing System (“RDS”) product line wind down incurred during the
year ended December 31, 2024 and an increase of $2.9 million of restructuring costs for the year ended
December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in cost of service revenues
was primarily driven by the increase in service revenues of $43.2 million for the year ended December 31,
2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.
63

The overall decrease in gross margin primarily relates to lower product revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 whereas the decrease in cost of product
revenues has not decreased proportionally with the decrease in product revenues, primarily due to the
decrease in revenues of higher margin products as well as the impact of certain fixed costs, such as labor
and overhead. The decrease in cost of product revenues is partially offset by inventory write-down charges
related to the RDS product line wind down and an increase in restructuring costs incurred during the year
ended December 31, 2024. Our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $471.0 million, as
compared to $496.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Operating Expenses and Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net
Year Ended December 31,
Change in
2024
2023
$
%
(Dollars in thousands)
Operating expenses:
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 90,412
$ 97,115
$ (6,703)
(7)%
As a percentage of total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . .
8%
8%
Selling, general, and administrative . . . . . . . . . . .
380,254
434,593
(54,339)
(13)%
As a percentage of total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . .
34%
38%
Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$470,666
$531,708
$(61,042)
(11)%
As a percentage of total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . .
42%
46%
Interest and other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . .
$ 25,256
$ 14,760
$ 10,496
71%
Research and Development.
Research and development expenses decreased by $6.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily
attributed to a decrease of $10.8 million in employee-related expenses primarily as a result of lower
headcount and a decrease of $3.4 million in restructuring costs, partially offset by an increase of $3.8 million
in cloud hosting services expenses, and an increase of $3.1 million in consulting expenses.
Selling, General, and Administrative.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased by
$54.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The
decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $23.3 million in employee-related expenses primarily as a result
of lower headcount, a decrease of $11.0 million in impairment and abandonment charges of operating
lease right-of-use and other assets in connection with restructuring activities of certain leased facilities, a
decrease of $8.4 million in restructuring costs, a decrease of $4.1 million in commissions expenses, a decrease
of $2.9 million in freight out, and a decrease of $2.2 million in executives transition costs.
Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net.
Interest and other income (expense), net, changed by
$10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023,
primarily driven by a $12.2 million increase in other income and a $1.7 million increase in other expense.
The increase in other income during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2023 is primarily attributable to a $7.5 million gain on extinguishment of convertible senior
notes and related unwind of note hedges and warrants, as well as higher interest income received due to higher
interest rates and higher cash and cash equivalents balances throughout the majority of the year.
Provision for Income Taxes
Year Ended December 31,
Change in
2024
2023
$
%
(Dollars in thousands)
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$13,062
$263
$12,799
4,867%
Effective tax rate on earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51%
(1)%
We recorded an income tax expense of $13.1 million on an income before income taxes of $25.6 million,
which resulted in a positive effective tax rate of 51% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to an
64

income tax expense of $0.3 million on a loss before income taxes of $20.1 million, which resulted in a
negative effective tax rate of 1% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The 2024 annual effective tax rate
differed from the statutory tax rate of 21%, primarily due to an unfavorable impact of non-deductible equity
compensation charges partially offset by a favorable impact of research and development credits.
Refer to Note 17, Income Taxes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We had cash and cash equivalents of $369.2 million at December 31, 2024, compared to $468.0 million
at December 31, 2023. All of our cash and cash equivalents are invested in bank accounts and money market
funds held in sweep and asset management accounts with financial institutions of high credit quality.
Our cash position and working capital at December 31, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:
December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$369,201
$467,972
Working capital(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$219,815
$559,779
(1)
The decrease in working capital as of December 31, 2024 was partially due to the classification of our
convertible senior notes as a current rather than long-term liability. Refer to Note 11, Convertible Senior
Notes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K for additional information.
Our ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 1.4:1 and 2.5:1 at December 31, 2024 and 2023,
respectively.
Sources of Cash
Revolving Credit Facility
On November 15, 2019, Omnicell, Inc. entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as
amended, the “Prior A&R Credit Agreement”) with the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells
Fargo Securities, LLC, Citizens Bank, N.A., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as joint lead arrangers, and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent. The Prior A&R Credit Agreement
provided for (a) a five-year revolving credit facility of $500.0 million (the “Prior Revolving Credit Facility”)
and (b) an uncommitted incremental loan facility of up to $250.0 million (the “Prior Incremental Facility”).
In addition, the Prior A&R Credit Agreement included a letter of credit sub-limit of up to $15.0 million and
a swing line loan sub-limit of up to $25.0 million. The Prior A&R Credit Agreement was subsequently
amended on September 22, 2020 and March 29, 2023 to permit the issuance of the convertible senior notes
and the purchase of the convertible note hedge transactions (as described in Note 11, Convertible Senior
Notes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K),
expand our flexibility to make restricted payments (including common stock repurchases), and replace the
total net leverage covenant, as well as to remove and replace the interest rate benchmark based on the
London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) and related LIBOR-based mechanics with an interest rate
benchmark based on the secured overnight financing rate (“SOFR”) as administered by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York and related SOFR-based mechanics.
On October 10, 2023, Omnicell, Inc. entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
(the “Second A&R Credit Agreement”) with the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo
Securities, LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., PNC Capital Markets LLC and TD Securities (USA) LLC
as joint lead arrangers and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent. The Second
A&R Credit Agreement supersedes the Prior A&R Credit Agreement and provides for (a) a five-year
revolving credit facility of $350.0 million (the “Current Revolving Credit Facility”) and (b) an uncommitted
65

incremental loan facility of up to an amount equal to the sum of (i) the greater of $250.0 million and 100%
of the adjusted consolidated EBITDA for the last four quarters and (ii) additional amounts subject to
pro forma compliance with certain consolidated secured net leverage ratio (the “Current Incremental
Facility”). In addition, the Second A&R Credit Agreement includes a letter of credit sub-limit of up to
$15.0 million and a swing line loan sub-limit of up to $25.0 million. The Second A&R Credit Agreement has
an expiration date of October 10, 2028, subject to acceleration under certain conditions, upon which date
all remaining outstanding borrowings will be due and payable.
As of December 31, 2024, we had $350.0 million of funds available under the Current Revolving
Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2024, there was no outstanding balance under the Current Revolving
Credit Facility and we were in full compliance with all covenants.
Refer to Note 10, Debt and Credit Agreement, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. We expect to use future loans
under the Current Revolving Credit Facility, if any, for working capital, potential acquisitions, and other
general corporate purposes.
Convertible Senior Notes
On November 22, 2024, Omnicell, Inc. completed a private offering of $172.5 million aggregate
principal amount of 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”), including the exercise in
full of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase up to an additional $22.5 million aggregate principal
amount of the 2029 Notes. Omnicell, Inc. received proceeds from the issuance of the 2029 Notes of
$166.3 million, net of $6.2 million of transaction fees and other debt issuance costs. The 2029 Notes bear
interest at a rate of 1.00% per year, payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year,
beginning on June 1, 2025. The 2029 Notes are general senior, unsecured obligations of Omnicell, Inc. and
will mature on December 1, 2029, unless earlier redeemed, repurchased, or converted. In connection with the
issuance of the 2029 Notes, in November 2024, we entered into warrant transactions and received aggregate
proceeds from the sale of the warrants of approximately $25.2 million. Refer to Note 11, Convertible
Senior Notes, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K for additional information.
Uses of Cash
Our future uses of cash are expected to be primarily for working capital, capital expenditures, and
other contractual obligations. We may also use cash for potential acquisitions and acquisition-related
activities, as well as repurchases of our common stock. In addition, we may also use a portion of our cash
as we consider various options related to our outstanding debt.
The 2016 Repurchase Program has a total of $2.7 million remaining for future repurchases as of
December 31, 2024, which may result in additional use of cash. There were no stock repurchases during the
year ended December 31, 2024. Refer to Note 16, Stock Repurchase Programs, of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
In November 2024, we completed a partial repurchase of $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of
the 2025 Notes for approximately $391.2 million in cash. Refer to Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes, of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional
information.
In connection with the issuance of the 2029 Notes, in November 2024, we entered into convertible note
hedge transactions and used approximately $40.3 million of the net proceeds from the offering to pay the
cost of the convertible note hedges.
Based on our current business plan and backlog, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents,
our anticipated cash flows from operations, cash generated from the exercise of employee stock options and
purchases under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), along with the availability of funds under
the Current Revolving Credit Facility will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for working capital, capital
expenditures, potential acquisitions, outstanding debt, and other contractual obligations for at least the next
66

twelve months. For periods beyond the next twelve months, we also anticipate that our net operating cash
flows plus existing balances of cash and cash equivalents will suffice to fund the growth of our business.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes, for the periods indicated, selected items in our Consolidated Statements
of Cash Flows:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 187,722
$181,094
Investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(52,793)
(55,016)
Financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(235,578)
23,420
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . .
(1,716)
(1,354)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash . . . .
$(102,365)
$148,144
Operating Activities
We expect cash from our operating activities to fluctuate in future periods as a result of a number of
factors, including the timing of our billings and collections, our operating results, and the timing of other
liability payments.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $187.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024,
primarily consisting of operating inflows of $129.4 million and favorable working capital movements of
$58.3 million. Operating inflows consisted of net income of $12.5 million, adjusted for non-cash items of
$116.9 million, which consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization expense of $82.2 million, share-
based compensation expense of $39.3 million, amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets of
$7.5 million, a net gain on extinguishment of convertible senior notes of $7.5 million, inventory write-down
charges of $5.4 million, and a change in deferred income taxes of $14.9 million. The favorable working
capital was primarily due to an increase in deferred revenues of $29.0 million driven by an increase in billings
for certain technical service and SaaS and Expert Services offerings, a decrease in inventories of $15.6 million
resulting from inventory management initiatives, an increase in accrued liabilities of $13.9 million due to
an increase in taxes payable, a decrease in other current assets of $9.3 million due to a decrease in income taxes
receivable, an increase in accrued compensation of $8.6 million, and an increase in accounts payables of
$7.2 million. These cash inflows were partially offset by a decrease in operating lease liabilities of $10.7 million,
an increase in investment in sales-type leases of $10.4 million primarily due to the acceptance of certain
SaaS and Expert Services products under sales-type lease arrangements, and an increase in accounts receivable
and unbilled receivables of $5.0 million primarily due to the timing of billings, shipments, and collections.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $181.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023,
primarily consisting of operating inflows of $137.4 million and favorable working capital movements of
$43.7 million. Operating inflows consisted of net loss of $20.4 million, adjusted for non-cash items of
$157.8 million, which consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization expense of $87.3 million, share-
based compensation expense of $55.3 million, impairment and abandonment of operating lease right-of-
use assets related to facilities of $10.0 million, amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets of
$8.2 million, and a change in deferred income taxes of $11.0 million. The favorable working capital was
primarily due to a decrease in accounts receivable and unbilled receivables of $49.2 million primarily due to
the timing of billings, shipments, and collections, as well as the impacts of lower revenues, a decrease in
inventories of $38.0 million primarily due to management of inventory levels to align with the current
forecasted demand, an increase in deferred revenues of $24.1 million primarily due to an increase in billings
for certain technical service and SaaS and Expert Services offerings, and a decrease in prepaid commissions
of $7.1 million. These cash inflows were partially offset by a decrease in accrued compensation of $21.5 million
primarily due to a decrease in the accrual for restructuring initiatives, lower commissions, as well as timing
67

of ESPP purchases, a decrease in accounts payables of $17.5 million primarily due to an overall decrease in
spending, as well as timing of payments, a decrease in operating lease liabilities of $10.9 million, an
increase in investment in sales-type leases of $10.4 million primarily due to the acceptance of certain SaaS
and Expert Services products under sales-type lease arrangements, a decrease in accrued liabilities of
$10.3 million, and an increase in other current assets of $6.8 million.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $52.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, which
consisted of capital expenditures of $36.5 million for property and equipment and $16.3 million for external-
use software development costs.
Net cash used in investing activities was $55.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, which
consisted of capital expenditures of $41.5 million for property and equipment and $13.5 million for external-
use software development costs.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $235.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024,
primarily due to the partial repurchase of $400.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes
for approximately $391.0 million and the net cash used in the purchase of the convertible note hedge and sale
of warrants in connection with the 2029 Notes of $15.1 million, partially offset by net proceeds from the
issuance of the 2029 Notes of $166.3 million and $13.4 million in proceeds from employee stock option
exercises and ESPP purchases.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023,
primarily due to $23.2 million in proceeds from employee stock option exercises and ESPP purchases and a
net change in the customer funds balances of $10.5 million, partially offset by $7.4 million in employees’
taxes paid related to restricted stock unit vesting.
Contractual Obligations
Contractual obligations as of December 31, 2024 were as follows:
Payments Due By Period
Total
2025
2026 – 2027
2028 – 2029
2030 and
thereafter
(In thousands)
Operating leases(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 46,952
$ 12,787
$22,127
$ 10,506
$1,532
Purchase obligations(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
118,776
109,316
9,439
21
—
Convertible senior notes(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
356,606
177,201
3,450
175,955
—
Total(4)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$522,334
$299,304
$35,016
$186,482
$1,532
(1)
Commitments under operating leases relate primarily to leased office buildings, data centers, office
equipment, and vehicles. Refer to Note 13, Lessee Leases, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
(2)
We purchase components from a variety of suppliers and use contract manufacturers to provide
manufacturing services for our products. During the normal course of business, we issue purchase
orders with estimates of our requirements several months ahead of the delivery dates. These amounts
are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. The amounts under such
contracts are included in the table above because we believe that cancellation of these contracts is unlikely
and we expect to make future cash payments according to the contract terms or in similar amounts
for similar materials.
(3)
We issued the 2025 Notes in September 2020 that are due in September 2025 and issued the 2029 Notes
in November 2024 that are due in December 2029. The obligations presented above include both
principal and interest these notes. Although these notes mature in 2025 and 2029, respectively, they
68

may be converted into cash and shares of our common stock prior to maturity if certain conditions are
met. Any conversion prior to maturity can result in repayment of the principal amounts sooner than
the scheduled repayment as indicated in the table above. Refer to Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes, of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for
additional information.
(4)
Refer to Note 14, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest
rates.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
We operate in foreign countries which expose us to market risk associated with foreign currency
exchange rate fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and various foreign currencies, the most significant of
which are the British Pound and the Euro. In order to manage foreign currency risk, at times we enter into
foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate risks associated with changes in spot exchange rates of mainly
non-functional currency denominated assets or liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries. In general, the market
risk related to these contracts is offset by corresponding gains and losses on the hedged transactions. By
working only with major banks and closely monitoring current market conditions, we seek to limit the risk
that counterparties to these contracts may be unable to perform. We do not enter into derivative contracts for
trading purposes. As of December 31, 2024, we did not have any outstanding foreign exchange forward
contracts.
Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk
We are exposed to interest rate risk through our borrowing activities. As of December 31, 2024, there
was no outstanding balance under the current Second A&R Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 10, Debt and
Credit Agreement, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K for additional information.
As of December 31, 2024, the net carrying amount under the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes was
$174.3 million and $166.4 million, respectively. Although our convertible senior notes are based on a fixed
rate, changes in interest rates could impact the fair value of such notes. As of December 31, 2024, the fair
market value of the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes was $167.1 million and $181.3 million, respectively.
Refer to Note 5, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, and Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes, of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional
information.
We have used, and in the future we may use, interest rate swap agreements to protect against adverse
fluctuations in interest rates by reducing our exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments
on a portion of our outstanding debt. We do not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments for
speculative trading purposes. As of December 31, 2024, we did not have any outstanding interest rate swap
agreements.
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The Report of Independent Auditors and Consolidated Financial Statements are included in Item 15
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1 and are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
69

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial
officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual
Report on Form 10-K. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management
recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only
reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls
and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to
apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded
that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2024 to provide reasonable
assurance that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange
Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and
forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our
internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair
presentation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations
and can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the internal control system are met.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive
officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024 using the criteria for effective internal control over
financial reporting as described in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO Criteria). Based on
this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
December 31, 2024.
Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued its attestation
report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, which is included in Part IV,
Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely
to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2024.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Securities Trading Plans of Directors and Officers
During the three months ended December 31, 2024, none of our directors or officers adopted or
terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or adopted or terminated a “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading
arrangement” (as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K).
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT
INSPECTIONS.
Not applicable.
70

PART III
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K because the
registrant will file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission a definitive proxy statement
pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with the solicitation of proxies for Omnicell’s Annual Meeting of
Stockholders expected to be held in May 2025 (the “Proxy Statement”) not later than 120 days after the end of
the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and certain information included therein is
incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item with respect to directors and executive officers may be found
under the heading “Information About Our Executive Officers” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, and in the sections entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters — Information about
our Directors and Nominees” and “Board and Corporate Governance Matters — Information about our
Directors and Nominees — Director Nominees” appearing in the Proxy Statement. Such information is
incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this Item with respect to our audit committee and audit committee
financial expert may be found in the section entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters —
Information Regarding Committees of the Board of Directors — Audit Committee” appearing in the
Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this Item with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 may be found in the section entitled “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” appearing
in the Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Our written Code of Conduct applies to all of our directors and employees, including executive
officers, which includes, without limitation our principal executive officer, principal financial officer,
principal accounting officer, controller, and persons performing similar functions. The Code of Conduct is
available on our investor relations website located at ir.omnicell.com under the hyperlink entitled
“Leadership & Governance — Governance Documents.” Changes to or waivers of the Code of Conduct
will be disclosed on the same website. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form
8-K regarding any amendment to, or waiver of, any provision of the Code of Conduct by disclosing such
information on the same website.
The information required by this Item with respect to our insider trading policies and procedures may
be found in the section entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters — Insider Trading Policies and
Procedures” appearing in the Proxy Statement. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. A
copy of our insider trading policies have been filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Annual Report.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item with respect to director and executive officer compensation is
incorporated by reference to the sections of our Proxy Statement entitled “Executive Compensation” and
“Board and Corporate Governance Matters — Director Compensation.”
The information required by this Item with respect to Compensation Committee interlocks and insider
participation is incorporated herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement entitled “Board and
Corporate Governance Matters — Information Regarding Committees of the Board of Directors —
Compensation Committee — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.”
The information required by this Item with respect to our Compensation Committee’s review and
discussion of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis included in the Proxy Statement is incorporated
herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement entitled “Executive Compensation — Compensation
Committee Report.”
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners
and management is incorporated herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement entitled “Stock
Ownership — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.”
71

The information required by this Item with respect to securities authorized for issuance under our
equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement
entitled “Equity Plan Information — Equity Compensation Plan Information.”
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item with respect to related party transactions is incorporated herein
by reference to the section of our Proxy Statement entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters —
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”
The information required by this Item with respect to director independence is incorporated herein by
reference to the section of our Proxy Statement entitled “Board and Corporate Governance Matters —
Independence of the Board of Directors.”
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections of our Proxy
Statement entitled “Audit Matters — Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm — Principal Accountant Fees and Services” and “Audit Matters — Ratification of Selection of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures.”
72

PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
The following documents are included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
(1)
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Index to Financial Statements
Page
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 . . .
F-5
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2024,
2023, and 2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-6
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and
2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 . . .
F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-10
Financial Statement Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-46
(2)
Exhibits: The information required by this item is set forth on the exhibit index which precedes the
signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
73

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Omnicell, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Omnicell, Inc. and subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations,
comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes and the schedules listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively
referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results
of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27,
2025, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is
to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting
firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in
accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require
that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures
to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the
financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and
that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our
especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does
not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or
on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 — Refer to Notes 1 and 11 to the financial statements
Critical Audit Matter Description
In November 2024, the Company completed a private offering of $172.5 million of 1.00% Convertible
Senior Notes due in 2029 (the “Notes”). The Notes include conversion, redemption and additional features
and the Company evaluated these features to determine if they are required to be bifurcated and accounted
for separately from the Notes. The Company recognized the issuance of the Notes as a single liability at face
value less unamortized debt issuance costs.
F-1

In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company entered into convertible note hedge and
warrant transactions. The Company recognized the note hedge and warrant transactions as equity
instruments.
We identified management’s accounting evaluation and conclusions related to the Notes, including the
Notes conversion, redemption and additional features, and the Company’s convertible note hedge and
warrant transactions as a critical audit matter due to complex judgments required by management to
determine the appropriate accounting treatment. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an
increased extent of effort, including the involvement of professionals in our firm having expertise in debt,
equity transactions, and freestanding financial instruments when performing audit procedures to evaluate the
accounting conclusion.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures related to management’s accounting evaluation and conclusions of the Notes and
convertible note hedge and warrant transactions included the following, among others:
• We tested the effectiveness of the control over management’s review of complex, non-routine
transactions that includes accounting for debt and equity instruments.
• With the assistance of professionals in our firm having expertise in debt and equity transactions and
freestanding financial instruments, we evaluated management’s accounting considerations and
conclusions under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
(“GAAP”), regarding the accounting for the Notes and convertible note hedge and warrant
transactions.
• We evaluated whether the assertions and assumptions made by management supporting their
conclusions regarding the accounting for the Notes and convertible note hedge and warrant
transactions were consistent with the underlying agreements and the evidence obtained in other areas
of the audit.
• We evaluated the disclosures related to the accounting for the Notes and convertible note hedge and
warrant transactions for conformity with the relevant requirements under GAAP.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
San Jose, California
February 27, 2025
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.
F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Omnicell, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Omnicell, Inc. and subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated
Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2024 of the Company and our report dated February 27, 2025, expressed an unqualified
opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial
reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in
the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are
a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to
the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets
of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that
receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
San Jose, California
February 27, 2025
F-3

OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands, except par value)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 369,201
$ 467,972
Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables, net of allowances of $6,645 and
$5,564, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
256,398
252,025
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
88,659
110,099
Prepaid expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25,942
25,966
Other current assets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75,293
71,509
Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
815,493
927,571
Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112,692
108,601
Long-term investment in sales-type leases, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52,744
42,954
Operating lease right-of-use assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25,607
24,988
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
734,727
735,810
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
188,266
211,173
Long-term deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57,469
32,901
Prepaid commissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54,656
52,414
Other long-term assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
79,306
90,466
Total assets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$2,120,960
$2,226,878
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
51,782
$
45,028
Accrued compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60,307
51,754
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
167,895
149,276
Deferred revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
141,370
121,734
Convertible senior notes, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
174,324
—
Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
595,678
367,792
Long-term deferred revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76,123
58,622
Long-term deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,108
1,620
Long-term operating lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31,123
33,910
Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,218
6,318
Convertible senior notes, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
166,397
569,662
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
877,647
1,037,924
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000 shares authorized; no shares
issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000 shares authorized; 56,665 and
55,822 shares issued; 46,382 and 45,539 shares outstanding, respectively
. .
57
56
Treasury stock at cost, 10,283 shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(290,319)
(290,319)
Additional paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,167,882
1,122,292
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
382,888
370,357
Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(17,195)
(13,432)
Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,243,313
1,188,954
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$2,120,960
$2,226,878
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4

OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenues:
Product revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 630,507
$ 708,561
$ 903,222
Service revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
481,731
438,551
392,725
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,112,238
1,147,112
1,295,947
Cost of revenues:
Cost of product revenues
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
383,025
414,106
493,626
Cost of service revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
258,210
236,166
213,334
Total cost of revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
641,235
650,272
706,960
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
471,003
496,840
588,987
Operating expenses:
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90,412
97,115
104,969
Selling, general, and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
380,254
434,593
486,341
Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
470,666
531,708
591,310
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
337
(34,868)
(2,323)
Interest and other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25,256
14,760
(130)
Income (loss) before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25,593
(20,108)
(2,453)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13,062
263
(8,101)
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
12,531
$
(20,371)
$
5,648
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
0.27
$
(0.45)
$
0.13
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
0.27
$
(0.45)
$
0.12
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
Basic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46,047
45,212
44,398
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46,255
45,212
45,891
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-5

OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$12,531
$(20,371)
$ 5,648
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3,763)
3,655
(8,680)
Other comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3,763)
3,655
(8,680)
Comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 8,768
$(16,716)
$(3,032)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-6

OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock
Treasury Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Stockholders’
Equity
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
(In thousands)
Balances as of December 31, 2021 . . .
54,073
$54
(9,894) $(238,109) $1,024,580 $368,571
$ (8,407)
$1,146,689
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
—
5,648
—
5,648
Other comprehensive loss . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
—
—
(8,680)
(8,680)
Stock repurchases . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
(389)
(52,210)
—
—
—
(52,210)
Share-based compensation . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
68,247
—
—
68,247
Issuance of common stock under
employee stock plans . . . . . . . .
957
1
—
—
40,181
—
—
40,182
Tax payments related to restricted
stock units
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
(13,506)
—
—
(13,506)
Cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principle related to
convertible debt . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
(72,742)
16,509
—
(56,233)
Balances as of December 31, 2022 . . .
55,030
55
(10,283) (290,319) 1,046,760
390,728
(17,087)
1,130,137
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
—
(20,371)
—
(20,371)
Other comprehensive income . . . .
—
—
—
—
—
—
3,655
3,655
Share-based compensation . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
59,683
—
—
59,683
Issuance of common stock under
employee stock plans . . . . . . . .
792
1
—
—
23,215
—
—
23,216
Tax payments related to restricted
stock units
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
(7,366)
—
—
(7,366)
Balances as of December 31, 2023 . . .
55,822
56
(10,283) (290,319) 1,122,292
370,357
(13,432)
1,188,954
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
—
12,531
—
12,531
Other comprehensive loss . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
—
—
(3,763)
(3,763)
Share-based compensation . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
42,912
—
—
42,912
Issuance of common stock under
employee stock plans . . . . . . . .
843
1
—
—
13,410
—
—
13,411
Tax payments related to restricted
stock units
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
(4,827)
—
—
(4,827)
Purchase of convertible note hedge
—
—
—
—
(40,279)
—
—
(40,279)
Sale of warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
25,168
—
—
25,168
Tax benefit related to convertible
note hedge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
10,225
—
—
10,225
Partial unwind of convertible note
hedge and warrants . . . . . . . . .
—
—
—
—
(1,019)
—
—
(1,019)
Balances as of December 31, 2024 . . .
56,665
$57
(10,283) $(290,319) $1,167,882 $382,888
$(17,195)
$1,243,313
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-7

OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Operating Activities
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
12,531 $ (20,371) $
5,648
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
82,232
87,319
86,931
Loss on disposal of property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
978
2,572
678
Share-based compensation expense
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39,316
55,300
68,247
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(14,855)
(11,047)
(37,316)
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,523
8,239
12,238
Impairment and abandonment of operating lease right-of-use assets
related to facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
9,998
9,382
Impairment of internal-use and external-use software development
costs, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
1,275
Impairment of certain long-lived assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
1,014
—
Inventory write-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,393
—
—
Amortization of debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,788
4,397
4,164
Gain on extinguishment of convertible senior notes, net . . . . . . . . . . .
(7,517)
—
—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(5,002)
49,150
(60,357)
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15,633
38,016
(30,115)
Prepaid expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
1,149
(4,671)
Other current assets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9,337
(6,821)
6,360
Investment in sales-type leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(10,398)
(10,411)
(15,354)
Prepaid commissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2,242)
7,069
4,312
Other long-term assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,161
2,111
5,027
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,210
(17,525)
(7,754)
Accrued compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8,553
(21,461)
2,446
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13,942
(10,343)
16,651
Deferred revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28,952
24,058
24,469
Operating lease liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(10,737)
(10,918)
(13,781)
Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
900
(401)
(699)
Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
187,722
181,094
77,781
Investing Activities
External-use software development costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(16,330)
(13,542)
(13,204)
Purchases of property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(36,463)
(41,474)
(47,536)
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
(3,392)
Purchase price adjustments from business acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
5,463
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(52,793)
(55,016)
(58,669)
Financing Activities
Payments for debt issuance costs for revolving credit facility . . . . . . . .
—
(2,967)
—
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes, net of issuance
costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
166,272
—
—
Partial repurchase of convertible senior notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(391,000)
—
—
Purchase of convertible note hedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(40,279)
—
—
Proceeds from sale of warrants
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25,168
—
—
Partial unwind of convertible note hedge and warrants . . . . . . . . . . . .
(727)
—
—
Proceeds from issuances under stock-based compensation plans . . . . .
13,411
23,216
40,182
Employees’ taxes paid related to restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(4,827)
(7,366)
(13,506)
Stock repurchases
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
(52,210)
Change in customer funds, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3,596)
10,537
4,581
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . .
(235,578)
23,420
(20,953)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . .
(1,716)
(1,354)
(944)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash . . . .
(102,365)
148,144
(2,785)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period . . . . . .
500,979
352,835
355,620
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period . . . . . . . . . .
$ 398,614 $500,979 $352,835
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-8

OMNICELL, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash to the
Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$369,201
$467,972
$330,362
Restricted cash included in other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29,413
33,007
22,473
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period . . . . . . . . .
$398,614
$500,979
$352,835
Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid for interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
1,624
$
1,438
$
1,438
Income taxes paid, net of refunds received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 11,279
$ 20,209
$ 19,005
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities
Unpaid purchases of property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
1,031
$
877
$
892
Transfers between inventory and property and equipment, net . . . . . . .
$
—
$
—
$
314
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-9

OMNICELL, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1.
Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Business
Omnicell, Inc. was incorporated in California in 1992 under the name Omnicell Technologies, Inc. and
reincorporated in Delaware in 2001 as Omnicell, Inc. The Company’s major products and related services
are medication management solutions and adherence tools for healthcare systems and pharmacies, which are
sold in its principal market, the healthcare industry. The Company’s market is primarily located in the
United States. “Omnicell” or the “Company” refer to Omnicell, Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S.
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) and include all adjustments necessary for the fair
presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the
periods presented.
Principles of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s Consolidated Financial
Statements and accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. These estimates are based on
historical experience and various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable. Although
these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that may impact the
Company in the future, actual results may be different from the estimates. The Company’s critical accounting
estimates are those that affect its financial statements materially and involve difficult, subjective, or complex
judgments by management. Those estimates are revenue recognition, inventory valuation, and accounting for
income taxes. As of December 31, 2024, the Company is not aware of any events or circumstances that
would require an update to its estimates, judgments, or revisions to the carrying value of its assets or liabilities.
Segment Reporting
The Company manages its operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance
and making operating decisions. The Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is its Chief
Executive Officer. The CODM allocates resources and evaluates the performance of the Company at the
consolidated level using the Company’s consolidated net income. In addition, the CODM is provided
with certain segment assets, primarily those that impact liquidity, as well as certain significant expenses. All
significant operating decisions are based upon an analysis of the Company as one operating segment,
which is the same as its reporting segment. Refer to Note 2, Segment Information, for further information
regarding the Company’s segment disclosures.
Foreign Currency Translation and Remeasurement
Most of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries use the local currency of their respective countries as their
functional currency. The Company translates the assets and liabilities of such non-U.S. dollar functional
currency subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the end of each period. Revenue and
expenses for these subsidiaries are translated using rates that approximate those in effect during the
period. Gains and losses from these translations are recorded as foreign currency translation adjustments
and included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity.
F-10

Assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are remeasured into
the respective entity’s functional currency. Monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at exchange rates
in effect at the end of each period, and non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical rates.
Gains and losses from foreign currency remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities are recorded in
interest and other income (expense), net.
Revenue Recognition
The Company earns revenues from sales of its products and related services, which are sold in the
healthcare industry, its principal market. The Company’s customer arrangements typically include one or
more of the following revenue categories:
Connected devices, software licenses, and other.
Software-enabled connected devices and software
licenses that manage and regulate the storage and dispensing of pharmaceuticals, consumables blister
cards, and packaging equipment and other supplies. This revenue category is often sold through
long-term, sole-source agreements. Solutions in this category include, but are not limited to, XT Series
automated dispensing systems and products related to the Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service and IV
Compounding Service.
Consumables.
Medication adherence packaging, labeling, and other one-time use packaging including
multimed adherence packaging and single dose blister cards, which are used by retail, community,
and outpatient pharmacies, as well as by institutional pharmacies serving long-term care and other sites
outside the acute care hospital, are designed to improve patient engagement and adherence to
prescriptions.
Technical services.
Post-installation technical support and other related services (support and
maintenance), including phone support, on-site service, parts, and access to unspecified software
updates and enhancements, if and when available. This revenue category is often supported by multi-year
or annual contractual agreements.
Software as a Service (“SaaS”) and Expert Services.
Emerging software and service solutions which
are offered on a subscription basis with fees typically based either on transaction volume or a fee over a
specified period of time. Solutions in this category include, but are not limited to, EnlivenHealth®,
Specialty Pharmacy Services, 340B solutions, Inventory Optimization Service, other software solutions,
and services related to the Central Pharmacy Dispensing Service and IV Compounding Service.
The following table summarizes revenue recognition for each revenue category:
Revenue Category
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Income
Statement
Classification
Connected devices, software licenses,
and other
Point in time, as transfer of control occurs,
generally upon installation and acceptance by
the customer
Product
Consumables
Point in time, as transfer of control occurs,
generally upon shipment to, or receipt by,
customer
Product
Technical services
Over time, as services are provided, typically
ratably over the service term
Service
SaaS and Expert Services
Over time, as services are provided
Service
Prior to recognizing revenue, the Company identifies the contract, performance obligations, and
transaction price, and allocates the transaction price to the performance obligations. All identified contracts
meet the following required criteria:
F-11

Parties to the contract have approved the contract (in writing, orally, or in accordance with other
customary business practices) and are committed to perform their respective obligations. A majority of
the Company’s contracts are evidenced by a non-cancelable written agreement. Contracts for
consumable products are generally evidenced by an order placed via our online portal, phone, or a
purchase order.
Entity can identify each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred.
Contract terms
are documented within the written agreements. Where a written contract does not exist, such as for
consumable products, the rights of each party are understood as following the Company’s standard
business process and terms.
The entity can identify the payment terms for the goods or services to be transferred.
Payment terms are
documented within the agreement and are generally net 30 to 60 days from shipment of tangible
product or services performed for customers in the United States. Where a written contract does not
exist, the Company’s standard payment terms are net 30 day terms.
The contract has commercial substance (that is the risk, timing, or amount of the entity’s future cash
flows is expected to change as a result of the contract). The Company’s agreements are an exchange of
cash for a combination of products and services which result in changes in the amount of the
Company’s future cash flows.
It is probable the entity will collect the consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for the goods
or services that will be transferred to the customer.
The Company performs a credit check for all
significant customers or transactions and where collectability is not probable, payment in full or a
substantial down payment prior to shipment is typically required to help ensure the full agreed upon
contract price will be collected.
Distinct goods or services are identified as performance obligations. A series of distinct goods or
services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer are
considered a single performance obligation. Where a good or service is determined not to be distinct, the
Company combines the good or service with other promised goods or services until a bundle of goods or
services that is distinct is identified. To identify its performance obligations, the Company considers all
products or services promised in the contract regardless of whether they are explicitly stated or are implied
by customary business practices. When performance obligations are included in separate contracts, the
Company considers an entire customer arrangement to determine if separate contracts should be considered
combined for the purposes of revenue recognition. Many of the Company’s sales contain multiple
performance obligations, with a combination of hardware systems, software products, support and
maintenance, and professional services.
The transaction price of a contract is determined based on the fixed consideration, net of an estimate
for variable consideration such as various discounts or rebates provided to customers. As a result of the
Company’s commercial selling practices, contract prices are generally fixed with minimal, if any, variable
consideration.
The transaction price is allocated to separate performance obligations proportionally based on the
standalone selling price of each performance obligation. Standalone selling price is best evidenced by the
price the Company charges for the good or service when selling it separately in similar circumstances to
similar customers. Other than for the renewal of annual technical services contracts, the Company’s products
and services are not generally sold separately. The Company uses an amount discounted from the list price
as a best estimated standalone selling price.
The Company recognizes revenue when the performance obligation has been satisfied by transferring a
promised good or service to a customer. The good or service is transferred when or as the customer obtains
control of the good or service. Determining when control transfers requires management to make
judgments that affect the timing of revenues recognized. Generally, for products requiring a complex
implementation, control passes when the product is installed and functionally ready for use. For all other
products, control generally passes when product has been shipped and title has passed. For support and
maintenance contracts and certain other services, including SaaS and Expert Services provided on a
F-12

subscription basis, control passes to the customer over time, generally ratably over the service term. Time
and material services transfer control to the customer at the time the services are provided.
The portion of the transaction price allocated to the Company’s unsatisfied performance obligations
for which invoicing has occurred is recorded as deferred revenues. Deferred revenues from product sales
primarily relate to delivered and invoiced products, pending installation and acceptance. Deferred revenues
from service contracts primarily relate to services that have been invoiced, but services have not yet been
provided. Short-term deferred revenues are expected to be recognized within the next twelve months.
Long-term deferred revenues substantially consist of deferred revenues on long-term technical and SaaS
and Expert Services contracts which have been invoiced and are expected to be recognized as revenue beyond
twelve months, generally not more than ten years.
In addition, the Company has remaining performance obligations associated with contracts for which
the associated products have been accepted or associated services have started, but where invoicing has not
yet occurred and therefore are not reflected in deferred revenue. These remaining performance obligations are
comprised of the non-variable portions of technical services and SaaS and Expert Services provided under
non-cancellable contracts with minimum commitments. Remaining performance obligations which are not
included in deferred revenues were $392.3 million as of December 31, 2024. Remaining performance
obligations are expected to be recognized ratably over the remaining terms of the associated contracts,
which terms vary but are generally not more than ten years. Remaining performance obligations do not
include product obligations, services where the associated product has not been accepted, services which have
not yet started, variable portions of services, and certain other obligations.
Revenues, contract assets, and contract liabilities are recorded net of associated taxes.
The Company generally invoices customers for products upon shipment. Invoicing associated with the
service portion of agreements is generally periodic and is billed on a monthly, quarterly, or annual basis,
and in certain circumstances, multiple years are billed at one time. SaaS and Expert Services agreements are
generally invoiced periodically on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis over the life of the agreement. In
certain circumstances portions of these agreements may be invoiced lump sum.
The amount invoiced for equipment and software is typically reflected in both accounts receivable and
deferred revenues. The Company typically recognizes product revenue, and correspondingly reduces deferred
revenues, for equipment and on-premise software upon written customer acceptance of installation.
Consumables are recorded as revenue upon shipment to or receipt by the customer, depending upon contract
terms.
From time to time, the Company enters into change orders which modify the product to be received by
the customer pursuant to certain contracts. Changes to any contract are accounted for as a modification of
the existing contract to the extent the goods and services to be delivered as part of the contract are generally
consistent with the nature and type of those to be provided under the terms of the original contract. Examples
of such change orders include the addition or removal of units of equipment or changes to the configuration
of the equipment where the overall nature of the contract remains intact. The Company’s change orders
generally result in the change being accounted for as modifications of existing contracts given the nature of
the impacted orders.
In the normal course of business, the Company typically does not accept product returns unless the
item is defective as manufactured or the configuration of the product is incorrect. The Company establishes
provisions for estimated returns based on historical product returns. The allowance for sales returns is not
material to the Consolidated Financial Statements for any periods presented.
A portion of the Company’s sales are made to customers who are members of Group Purchasing
Organizations (“GPOs”), each of which functions as a purchasing agent on behalf of member hospitals and
other healthcare providers. The Company also has a Federal Supply Schedule Contract with the Department
of Veterans Affairs (the “GSA Contract”), allowing the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of
Defense, and other federal government customers to purchase the Company’s products. Pursuant to the
terms of GPO agreements and the GSA Contract, each member or agency contracts directly with Omnicell
and can purchase the Company’s products at pre-negotiated contract terms and pricing. GPOs are often
fully or partially owned by the Company’s customers, and the Company pays fees to the GPO on completed
F-13

contracts. The Company also pays the Industrial Funding Fee (“IFF”) to the Department of Veterans
Affairs under the GSA Contract. The Company considers these fees consideration paid to customers and
records them as reductions to revenue. Fees to GPOs and the IFF were $9.6 million, $11.2 million, and
$17.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The accounts receivable
balances are with individual members of the GPOs and federal agencies that purchase under the GSA
Contract, and therefore no significant concentration of credit risk exists. During the year ended December 31,
2024, sales to members of the ten largest GPOs and federal agencies that purchase under the GSA Contract
accounted for approximately 65% of the Company’s total consolidated revenues.
Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
A contract asset is a right to consideration in exchange for goods or services that the Company has
transferred to a customer when that right is conditioned on something other than the passage of time. A
receivable will be recorded on the balance sheet when the Company has unconditional rights to consideration.
A contract liability is an obligation to transfer goods or services for which the Company has received
consideration, or for which an amount of consideration is due from the customer. Contract liabilities include
customer deposits under non-cancelable contracts, and current and non-current deferred revenue balances.
The Company’s contract balances are reported in a net contract asset or liability position on a contract-by-
contract basis at the end of each reporting period.
Significant changes in the contract assets and the contract liabilities balances during the period are the
result of the issuance of invoices and recognition of deferred revenues in the normal course of business. The
contract modifications entered into during the year ended December 31, 2024 did not have a significant
impact on the Company’s contract assets or deferred revenues.
Contract Costs
The Company has determined that certain incentive portions of its sales commission plans require
capitalization since these payments are directly related to sales achieved during a time period. These
commissions are earned on the basis of: (i) the value of new bookings for connected devices, software
products, and SaaS and Expert Services, provided that for SaaS and Expert Services a commission will only
be paid on the amount that represents the minimum commitment and (ii) the value of new orders for
consumables. Since there are no commensurate commissions earned on renewal of the service bookings, the
Company concluded that the capitalized asset is related to services provided under both the initial contract
and renewal periods.
The Company applies a practical expedient to account for the incremental costs of obtaining a
contract as part of a portfolio of contracts with similar characteristics as the Company expects the effect on
the financial statements of applying the practical expedient would not differ materially from applying the
accounting guidance to the individual contracts within the portfolio. A pool of contracts is defined as all
contracts booked in a particular quarter. The amortization for the capitalized asset is an estimate of the pool’s
original contract term, generally one to five years, plus an estimate of future customer renewal periods
resulting in a total amortization period of ten years.
Costs to obtain a contract are allocated amongst performance obligations and recognized as sales and
marketing expense consistent with the pattern of revenue recognition. In accordance with GAAP, while
certain compensation elements are expensed as incurred, a portion of the pool’s capitalized asset is recorded
as an expense over the first seven quarters after booking, which represents the estimated period during
which the product revenue associated with the contract is recorded. The remaining capitalized contract costs
are recorded as expense ratably over the ten year estimated initial and renewal service periods. The Company
recognized contract cost expense of $19.1 million, $23.3 million, and $30.6 million during the years
ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The commission expenses paid or due to be paid as
of the consolidated balance sheet date, to be recognized in future periods, are recorded in long-term
prepaid commissions on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Capitalized costs are periodically reviewed for
impairment. There was no impairment loss recorded related to capitalized prepaid commissions as of and
for the year ended December 31, 2024.
F-14

Lessor Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception. The transaction price is
allocated to separate performance obligations, generally consisting of a combination of hardware systems,
software products, support and maintenance, and professional services, proportionally based on the standalone
selling price of each performance obligation. Standalone selling price is best evidenced by the price the
Company charges for the good or service when selling it separately in similar circumstances to similar
customers. Other than for the renewal of annual technical services contracts, the Company’s products and
services are not generally sold separately. The Company uses an amount discounted from the list price as a
best estimated standalone selling price.
Sales-Type Leases
The Company enters into non-cancelable sales-type lease arrangements with the leases varying in
length from one to ten years, most of which do not have an option to extend the lease term. At the end of
the lease term, the customer must either return the equipment or negotiate a new agreement, resulting in a new
purchase or lease transaction. Failure of the customer to either return the equipment or negotiate a new
agreement results in the contract becoming a month-to-month rental. Certain sales-type leases automatically
renew for successive one-year periods at the end of each lease term without written notice from the
customer. The Company’s sales-type lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees.
For sales-type leases, the Company recognizes revenues for its hardware and software products, net of
lease execution costs, post-installation support and maintenance, professional services associated with SaaS
and Expert Services offerings, and technical support, at the net present value of the lease payment stream
upon customer acceptance. The Company recognizes service revenues associated with sales-type leases ratably
over the term of the agreement in service revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The
Company recognizes interest income from sales-type leases using the effective interest method. Both hardware
and software revenues, and interest income from sales-types leases are recorded in product revenues in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company optimizes cash flows by selling a majority of its sales-type leases, other than those
relating to U.S. government hospitals and SaaS and Expert Services products, including Central Pharmacy
Dispensing Service and IV Compounding Service, to third-party leasing finance companies on a non-recourse
basis. The Company generally has no obligation to the leasing company once the lease has been sold.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The Company is exposed to credit losses primarily through sales of its products and services, as well as
its sales-type leasing arrangements. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial
condition in order to assess each customer’s ability to pay. These evaluations require significant judgment and
are based on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, current economic trends, payment history,
and a financial review of the customer. The Company continues to monitor customers’ creditworthiness on
an ongoing basis.
The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses for accounts receivable, unbilled receivables,
and net investment in sales-type leases based on expected credit losses resulting from the inability of its
customers to make required payments. The allowance for credit losses is measured using a loss rate method,
considering factors such as customers’ credit risk, historical loss experience, current conditions, and
forecasts. The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective (pool) basis by aggregating customer
balances with similar risk characteristics. The Company also records a specific allowance based on an analysis
of individual past due balances or customer-specific information, such as a decline in creditworthiness or
bankruptcy. Actual collection losses may differ from management’s estimates, and such differences could be
material to the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
The allowance for credit losses is presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a deduction from the
respective asset balance. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the allowance for credit losses for long-term
unbilled receivables and net investment in sales-type leases were not material.
F-15

Funds Held for Customers and Customer Fund Liabilities
The Company offers certain products and services in which it is customary for pharmacies or insurance
payors to owe funds to the Company which are collected on behalf of, and, after a short holding period,
disbursed to, the Company’s customers. The Company presents amounts due from pharmacies and amounts
due to be disbursed to customers on a gross basis within other current assets and accrued liabilities,
respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, as such amounts are expected to be settled within one year.
Generally, any funds received from the pharmacies or insurance payors that are held by the Company are
segregated from its other corporate cash accounts. These funds are classified as restricted cash as the Company
is contractually obligated to disburse these amounts to customers.
Sales of Accounts Receivable
The Company records the sale of its accounts receivables in accordance with accounting guidance for
transfers and servicing of financial assets. The Company transferred non-recourse accounts receivable
totaling $17.3 million, $5.7 million, and $45.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and
2022, respectively, which approximated fair value, to leasing companies on a non-recourse basis.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company classifies all highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less as
cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalent balances include bank accounts and highly-
liquid U.S. Government money market funds held in sweep and asset management accounts with financial
institutions of high credit quality. The Company continuously monitors the credit worthiness of the financial
institutions in which it invests. The Company has not experienced any credit losses from its cash equivalents.
Cash and cash equivalents were $369.2 million and $468.0 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023,
respectively. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, cash equivalents were $328.0 million and $451.0 million,
respectively, which consisted of money market funds held in sweep and asset management accounts. The
Company recorded interest income on its cash and cash equivalents of $24.9 million, $18.8 million, and
$3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, which is included within
interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Financial Instruments
For assets and liabilities measured at fair value, the amounts are based on an expected exit price
representing the amount that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in a
transaction between market participants. The fair value may be based on assumptions that market participants
would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a consistent
framework for measuring fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis whereby inputs used in
valuation techniques are assigned a hierarchical level, as follows:
Level 1 — Observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments;
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, or quoted prices for identical
instruments in inactive markets; and
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs for financial instruments reflecting Company’s assumptions.
Inventory
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, computed using the first-in, first-out method, and net
realizable value. The Company regularly monitors inventory quantities on hand and records write-downs
for excess and obsolete inventories based on the Company’s estimate of demand for its products, potential
obsolescence of technology, product life cycles, and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the
carrying value of inventory exceeds its estimated selling price. These factors are impacted by market and
economic conditions, technology changes, and new product introductions and require estimates that may
include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and may have a
material effect on gross margins. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis is established that cannot be
increased in future periods. Shipments from suppliers or contract manufacturers before the Company
F-16

receives them are recorded as in-transit inventory when title and the significant risks and rewards of
ownership have passed to the Company.
The Company has a supply agreement with one primary supplier for construction and supply of
several sub-assemblies and inventory management of sub-assemblies used in its hardware products. There
are no minimum purchase requirements. The contract with the Company’s supplier may be terminated by
either the supplier or by the Company without cause and at any time upon delivery of six months’ notice.
Purchases from this supplier were $59.1 million, $65.8 million, and $105.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Shipping Costs
Outbound freight billed to customers is recorded as product revenue. The related shipping and
handling costs are expensed as part of selling, general, and administrative expense. Shipping and handling
expenses were $15.7 million, $18.6 million, and $24.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023,
and 2022, respectively.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment less accumulated depreciation are stated at historical cost. The Company’s
expenditures for property and equipment are primarily for computer equipment and software used in the
administration of its business, and for leasehold improvements to its leased facilities. The Company also
develops molds and dies used in long-term manufacturing arrangements with suppliers and for production
automation equipment used in the manufacturing of consumable blister card components.
The Company capitalizes costs related to computer software developed or obtained for internal-use in
accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software. Software developed or obtained for internal-use
includes certain costs for the development of the Company’s subscription and cloud-based offerings sold to
its customers, as well as enterprise-level business and finance software that the Company customizes to
meet its specific operational needs. Costs incurred in the application development phase are capitalized and
amortized over their useful lives, which is generally five years. Costs recognized in the preliminary project
phase and the post-implementation phase are expensed as incurred. The Company capitalized $28.5 million
and $32.2 million of costs related to the application development of enterprise-level software and its
subscription and cloud-based offerings, which are included in property and equipment during the years
ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Capitalized costs related to computer software developed
or obtained for internal-use are included in purchases of property and equipment in the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows.
Depreciation and amortization is computed by use of the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets as stated below:
Purchased software and internal-use software
development costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 – 5 years
Leasehold and building improvements . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 – 7 years
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 – 12 years
External-Use Software Development Costs
The Company capitalizes certain software development costs in accordance with ASC 985-20, Costs of
Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, under which those costs incurred subsequent to the establishment
of technological feasibility may be capitalized and amortized over the estimated lives of the related products.
The Company establishes technological feasibility when it completes a detail program design or a working
model. The Company amortizes development costs over the estimated lives of the related products, which
is generally five years. All development costs prior to the completion of a detail program design or a working
model are recognized as research and development expense. The Company capitalized external-use software
F-17

development costs of $17.2 million and $14.6 million that were included in other long-term assets as of
December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Cloud Computing Costs
The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with cloud computing arrangements that are
associated with service contracts, which are amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the
arrangement. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, capitalized costs associated with cloud computing
arrangements, net of accumulated amortization, were $5.0 million and $4.4 million, respectively.
Lessee Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at inception. Operating lease right-of-
use assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease
payments over the lease term. As most of its lease contracts do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses
its incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the commencement date in determining
the present value of the lease payments. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease
term. The Company does not recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for leases with an initial term
of twelve months or less. The Company elected the practical expedient to not separate lease components
from nonlease components and applied that practical expedient to all material classes of leased assets.
Many of the Company’s operating leases include an option to extend the lease. The specific terms and
conditions of the extension options vary from lease to lease, but are consistent with standard industry
practices in each area that the Company operates. The Company reviews each of its lease options at a time
required by the terms of the lease contract, and notifies the lessor if it chooses to exercise the lease renewal
option. Until the Company is reasonably certain that it will extend the lease contract, the renewal option
periods will not be recognized as right-of-use assets or lease liabilities.
Certain leases include provisions for early termination, which allow the contract parties to terminate
their obligations under the lease contract. The terms and conditions of the termination options vary by
contract. When the Company has made a decision to exercise an early termination option, the right-of-use
assets and associated lease liabilities are remeasured in accordance with the present value of the remaining
cash flows under the lease contract.
Certain building lease agreements include rental payments subject to change annually based on
fluctuations in various indexes (i.e., Consumer Price Index (“CPI”), Retail Price Index, and other
international indexes). Certain data center lease agreements include rental payments subject to change
based on usage and CPI fluctuations. The changes based on usage and indexes are treated as variable lease
costs and recognized in the period in which the obligation for those payments was incurred.
The Company’s operating lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees,
restrictions, or restriction covenants.
Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The Company assesses goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on the first day of the fourth
quarter of each year at the reporting unit level. This assessment is also performed whenever there is a
change in circumstances that indicates the carrying value of goodwill may be impaired. The Company has
one reporting unit, which is the same as its operating segment. A qualitative assessment is initially made to
determine whether it is necessary to perform quantitative testing. A qualitative assessment includes,
among others, consideration of: (i) past, current, and projected future earnings and equity; (ii) recent trends
and market conditions; and (iii) valuation metrics involving similar companies that are publicly-traded
and acquisitions of similar companies, if available. If this qualitative assessment indicates that it is more
likely than not that impairment exists, or if the Company decides to bypass this option, it proceeds to the
quantitative assessment. The quantitative assessment involves a comparison between the estimated fair value
of the Company’s reporting unit with its carrying amount including goodwill. If the carrying value exceeds
F-18

estimated fair value, the Company will record an impairment charge based on that difference. The impairment
charge will be limited to the amount of goodwill.
To determine the reporting unit’s fair value under the quantitative approach, the Company uses a
combination of income and market approaches, such as estimated discounted future cash flows of the
reporting unit, multiples of earnings or revenues, and analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable
entities. The Company also considers its market capitalization on the date of the analysis to ensure the
reasonableness of its reporting unit’s fair value.
The Company elected to perform a quantitative impairment assessment as of October 1, 2024 for its
reporting unit. The Company determined that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the carrying
value and thus no impairment was indicated. Based on the result of this analysis, an impairment does not
exist as of December 31, 2024, and there were no accumulated impairment losses.
Intangible Assets
In connection with its acquisitions, the Company generally recognizes assets for customer relationships,
acquired technology, backlog, trade names, and non-compete agreements. Intangible assets are carried at
cost less accumulated amortization. Such amortization is provided on a straight-line basis or on an accelerated
basis based on a pattern of economic benefit that is expected to be obtained over the estimated useful lives
of the respective assets. Amortization for acquired technology and backlog is recognized in cost of revenues,
and amortization for customer relationships, trade names, non-compete agreements, and patents is
recognized in selling, general, and administrative expenses.
The Company assesses the impairment of identifiable intangible assets whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that an asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset is
measured by the comparison of the carrying amount to the sum of the undiscounted estimated future
cash flows the asset is expected to generate, offset by estimated future costs to dispose of the product to
which the asset relates. If an asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of such impairment would be
measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and its fair value. The Company’s cash
flow assumptions are based on historical and forecasted future revenue, operating costs, and other relevant
factors. Assumptions and estimates about the remaining useful lives of the Company’s intangible assets are
subjective and are affected by changes to its business strategies. If management’s estimates of future
operating results change, or if there are changes to other assumptions, the estimate of the fair value of the
Company’s assets could change significantly. Such change could result in impairment charges in future periods,
which could have a significant impact on the Company’s operating results and financial condition. For
the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no events or changes in circumstances to indicate
that intangible assets carrying amounts may not be recoverable.
Convertible Debt
The Company accounts for convertible debt and related transactions in accordance with ASC 470-20,
Debt with Conversion and Other Options, ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and ASC 480, Distinguishing
Liabilities from Equity. The Company evaluates convertible debt instruments and related transactions at
inception to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as derivatives
to be separately accounted for.
The Company’s convertible senior notes are accounted for as a single liability at face value less
unamortized debt issuance costs. Issuance costs are amortized using the effective interest method over the
term of the convertible senior notes.
Convertible note hedge and warrant transactions associated with convertible debt instruments are
accounted for as equity instruments, and are recorded in additional paid-in capital in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets.
Valuation of Share-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation.
The Company recognizes compensation expense related to share-based compensation based on the grant
date estimated fair value.
F-19

The fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) is based on the
stock price on the grant date. The RSUs and RSAs are subject to a service vesting condition and are
recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
The fair value of performance-based stock unit awards (“PSUs”) with service and market conditions is
estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model applying a multiple awards approach. Expense is recognized
using the accelerated attribution method over the requisite service period.
Forfeiture rates are estimated based on the Company’s historical experience with equity awards that
were granted and forfeited prior to vesting. The valuation assumptions used in estimating the fair value of
employee share-based awards may change in future periods.
Accounting for Income Taxes
The Company records an income tax provision for (benefit from) the anticipated tax consequences of
the reported results of operations. In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, the provision for (benefit
from) income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included
in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the
basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for operating
losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax
rates in effect for the periods in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. In
the event that these tax rates change, the Company will incur a benefit or detriment on its income tax
expense in the period of enactment. If the Company were to determine that all or part of the net deferred
tax assets are not realizable in the future, it will record a valuation allowance that would be charged to earnings
in the period such determination is made.
In accordance with ASC 740, the Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position if
it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities,
based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such
positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being
realized upon ultimate settlement. The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment in estimating
the impact of uncertainties in the application of ASC 740 and complex tax laws. Resolution of these
uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management’s expectations could have a material impact on the
Company’s financial condition and operating results.
Recently Adopted Authoritative Guidance
In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards
Update (“ASU”) 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures,
which requires public entities to disclose significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the
CODM. Public entities with a single reportable segment are required to apply the disclosure requirements in
ASU 2023-07, as well as all existing segment disclosures and reconciliation requirements in ASC 280,
Segment Reporting, on an interim and annual basis. The amendments are effective for the Company’s annual
periods beginning January 1, 2024, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning January 1, 2025.
The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 for the annual period beginning January 1, 2024. The adoption of
ASU 2023-07 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, as the
changes only include additional disclosures related to the Company’s single reportable segment. Refer to
Note 2, Segment Information, for further information regarding the Company’s segment disclosures.
There was no other recently adopted authoritative guidance that is expected to have a material impact
on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements through the reporting date.
Recently Issued Authoritative Guidance
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income
Tax Disclosures, which includes amendments that further enhance income tax disclosures, primarily through
standardization and disaggregation of rate reconciliation categories and income taxes paid by jurisdiction.
F-20

The amendments are effective for the Company’s annual periods beginning January 1, 2025, with early
adoption permitted, and should be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact of ASU 2023-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements, which is limited
to financial statements disclosures.
In March 2024, the SEC issued final rules under SEC Release No. 33-11275, “The Enhancement and
Standardization of Climate-Related Disclosures for Investors,” to require registrants to disclose certain climate-
related information, including Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions and other climate-related
topics, if material, in registration statements and annual reports. In April 2024, the SEC voluntarily stayed
its climate disclosure rules as a result of pending legal challenges to facilitate an orderly judicial resolution.
The Company is currently evaluating the impact the SEC’s rule will have on its consolidated financial
statements.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive
Income — Expense Disaggregation Disclosure (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement
Expenses, which requires disclosures of additional information and disaggregation of certain expenses
included in the income statement. The amendments are effective for the Company’s annual periods beginning
January 1, 2027, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning January 1, 2028, with early adoption
permitted, and should be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating
the impact ASU 2024-03 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
There was no other recently issued and effective authoritative guidance that is expected to have a
material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements through the reporting date.
Note 2.
Segment Information
The Company’s one reportable segment derives revenues from sales of its products and related services,
as described in Note 1, Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, which are sold in its
principal market, the healthcare industry. The accounting policies of the Company’s one reportable segment
are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1.
As the Company has a single reportable segment and is managed on a consolidated basis, the measure
of segment profit or loss that the CODM uses to allocate resources and assess performance is consolidated
net income as reported on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The CODM uses this key measure to
evaluate income generated from segment assets in deciding how to reinvest profits as well as monitor
budget versus actual results.
The CODM is also provided with certain segment assets, primarily those that impact liquidity, such as
cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and inventories, as well as certain liabilities such as accounts
payable and outstanding debt. Assets provided to the CODM are consistent with those reported on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, the CODM is regularly provided with significant expenses,
which are adjusted cost of revenues and adjusted operating expenses. These significant expenses are adjusted
for certain non-cash charges and expenses that are unrelated to the Company’s ongoing operations.
Adjusted cost of revenues include cost of product revenues and cost of service and other revenues, and
exclude certain items such as share-based compensation expense, amortization of acquired intangibles, and
certain restructuring and severance charges. Adjusted operating expenses include research and development,
and selling, general and administrative expenses, and exclude certain items such as share-based compensation
expense, amortization of acquired intangibles, and certain restructuring, impairment and severance
charges. Depreciation and amortization expense for the Company’s single reportable segment was
$82.2 million, $87.3 million, and $86.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022,
respectively.
F-21

The following table summarizes the Company’s reportable segment revenues and significant expenses,
reconciled to the Company’s consolidated net income (loss):
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,112,238
$1,147,112
$1,295,947
Less:
Adjusted cost of revenues
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(620,834)
(627,730)
(675,451)
Adjusted operating expenses
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(413,280)
(437,857)
(479,778)
Other segment items(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(77,787)
(116,393)
(143,041)
Interest and other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . .
25,256
14,760
(130)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes . . . . . . . . . . .
13,062
263
(8,101)
Net Income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
12,531
$
(20,371)
$
5,648
(1)
Other segment items include certain non-cash charges and expenses that are unrelated to the Company’s
ongoing operations. Such charges and expenses consist of items such as share-based compensation,
amortization of acquired intangible assets, and certain restructuring, impairment and severance charges.
Note 3.
Revenues
Disaggregation of Revenues
The following table summarizes the Company’s revenues disaggregated by revenue type:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Connected devices, software licenses, and other . . . . . . .
$ 539,168
$ 623,584
$ 827,917
Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91,339
84,977
75,305
Technical services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
238,211
225,831
206,687
SaaS and Expert Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
243,520
212,720
186,038
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,112,238
$1,147,112
$1,295,947
The following table summarizes the Company’s revenues disaggregated by geographic region, which is
determined based on customer location:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,012,373
$1,011,380
$1,168,202
Rest of world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99,865
135,732
127,745
Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,112,238
$1,147,112
$1,295,947
F-22

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities
The following table reflects the Company’s contract assets and contract liabilities:
December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Short-term unbilled receivables, net(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 32,917
$ 22,524
Long-term unbilled receivables, net(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,873
11,850
Total contract assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 40,790
$ 34,374
Short-term deferred revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$141,370
$121,734
Long-term deferred revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76,123
58,622
Total contract liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$217,493
$180,356
(1)
Included in accounts receivable and unbilled receivables in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2)
Included in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Short-term deferred revenues of $121.7 million as of December 31, 2023 include deferred revenues
from product sales and service contracts, net of deferred cost of sales of $12.4 million. During the year
ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized revenues of $116.9 million that were included in the
corresponding gross short-term deferred revenues balance of $134.1 million as of December 31, 2023.
Significant Customers
There were no customers that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues for
the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. Also, there were no customers that accounted for more
than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable and unbilled receivables balance as of December 31, 2024
and 2023.
Note 4.
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) for the period by the weighted-
average number of shares outstanding during the period. In periods of net loss, all potential common shares
are anti-dilutive, so diluted net loss per share equals the basic net loss per share. In periods of net income,
diluted net income per share is computed by dividing net income for the period by the basic weighted-
average number of shares plus any dilutive potential common stock outstanding during the period, using the
treasury stock method for share-based awards and warrants, and the if-converted method for convertible
senior notes. Potential common stock includes the effect of outstanding dilutive stock options, restricted stock
awards, and restricted stock units, as well as shares the Company could be obligated to issue from its
convertible senior notes and warrants, as described in Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes. In the event of the
conversion of the Company’s convertible senior notes, the principal portion will be settled in cash with
any conversion consideration in excess of the principal portion settled in cash and/or shares of the Company’s
common stock at the Company’s option, therefore, only the amounts expected to be settled in excess of the
principal portion are considered dilutive in calculating earnings per share under the if-converted method. Any
anti-dilutive weighted-average dilutive shares related to stock award plans, convertible senior notes, and
warrants are excluded from the computation of the diluted net income per share.
F-23

The basic and diluted net income (loss) per share calculations were as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands, except per share data)
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$12,531
$(20,371)
$ 5,648
Weighted-average shares outstanding – basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46,047
45,212
44,398
Effect of dilutive securities from stock award plans . . . . . . . . . .
208
—
1,019
Effect of convertible senior notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
474
Weighted-average shares outstanding – diluted . . . . . . . . . . . .
46,255
45,212
45,891
Net income (loss) per share – basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
0.27
$
(0.45)
$
0.13
Net income (loss) per share – diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
0.27
$
(0.45)
$
0.12
Anti-dilutive weighted-average shares related to stock award
plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,793
3,368
725
Anti-dilutive weighted-average shares related to convertible senior
notes and warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9,622
11,816
5,908
Note 5.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company measures its financial instruments at fair value. The Company’s cash, cash equivalents,
and restricted cash are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy as they are valued primarily using
quoted market prices utilizing market observable inputs. The Company’s credit facility is classified within
Level 2 as the valuation inputs are based on quoted prices or market observable data of similar instruments.
The Company’s convertible senior notes are classified within Level 2 as the valuation inputs are based on
quoted prices in an inactive market on the last day in the reporting period. Refer to Note 10, Debt and Credit
Agreement, for further information regarding the Company’s credit facility and Note 11, Convertible
Senior Notes, for further information regarding the Company’s convertible senior notes.
The following table summarizes the carrying amounts, net of unamortized debt issuance costs, and fair
values of the convertible senior notes:
As of December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Net carrying amount:
2025 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
174,324
569,662
2029 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
166,397
—
Total net carrying amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$340,721
$569,662
Fair value:
2025 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$167,129
$527,206
2029 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
181,320
—
Total fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$348,449
$527,206
F-24

Note 6.
Balance Sheet Components
Balance sheet details are presented in the tables below:
December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Inventories:
Raw materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 33,501
$ 51,439
Work in process
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,515
1,327
Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
53,643
57,333
Total inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 88,659
$110,099
Other current assets:
Funds held for customers, including restricted cash(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 47,846
$ 43,649
Net investment in sales-type leases, current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,475
11,867
Prepaid income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,334
8,279
Other current assets(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13,638
7,714
Total other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 75,293
$ 71,509
Other long-term assets:
External-use software development costs, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 58,436
$ 66,659
Unbilled receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7,873
11,850
Deferred debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,940
3,718
Other long-term assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,057
8,239
Total other long-term assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 79,306
$ 90,466
Accrued liabilities:
Operating lease liabilities, current portion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 10,702
$ 10,518
Customer fund liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47,846
43,649
Advance payments from customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,760
10,551
Rebate liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49,300
51,277
Group purchasing organization fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,167
4,445
Taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11,443
2,191
Other accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30,677
26,645
Total accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$167,895
$149,276
(1)
Includes restricted cash of $29.4 million and $33.0 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023,
respectively.
(2)
Includes deferred cost of sales of $8.7 million as of December 31, 2024.
The following table summarizes the changes in accumulated balances of other comprehensive income
(loss), which consisted of foreign currency translation adjustments:
(In thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$(17,087)
Other comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,655
Balance as of December 31, 2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(13,432)
Other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3,763)
Balance as of December 31, 2024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$(17,195)
F-25

Note 7.
Property and Equipment
The following table represents the property and equipment balances:
December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
99,728
$
95,996
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,809
4,500
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17,722
17,919
Purchased software and internal-use software development costs . . . . . .
146,287
118,004
Construction in progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,539
11,614
Property and equipment, gross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
281,085
248,033
Accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(168,393)
(139,432)
Total property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 112,692
$ 108,601
Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was $34.5 million, $27.0 million,
and $22.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
The geographic location of the Company’s property and equipment, net, is based on the physical
location in which it is located. The following table summarizes the geographic information for property and
equipment, net:
December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$109,534
$104,312
Rest of world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,158
4,289
Total property and equipment, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$112,692
$108,601
Note 8.
External-Use Software Development Costs
The carrying amounts of external-use software development costs were as follows:
December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Gross carrying amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 249,335
$ 239,038
Accumulated amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(190,899)
(172,379)
External-use software development costs, net(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$
58,436
$
66,659
(1)
Included in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company recorded $24.9 million, $28.7 million, and $29.0 million to cost of product revenues for
amortization of external-use software development costs for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and
2022, respectively.
F-26

The estimated future amortization expenses for external-use software development costs were as
follows:
December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
2025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$21,139
2026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16,214
2027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,281
2028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,424
2029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,797
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
581
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$58,436
Note 9.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The following table represents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:
(In thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$734,274
Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,536
Balance as of December 31, 2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
735,810
Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1,083)
Balance as of December 31, 2024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$734,727
Intangible Assets, Net
The carrying amounts and useful lives of intangible assets were as follows:
December 31, 2024
Gross carrying
amount(1)
Accumulated
amortization
Foreign currency exchange
rate fluctuations
Net carrying
amount
Useful life
(years)
(In thousands, except for years)
Customer relationships . . . . . . .
$307,418
$(133,111)
$(1,373)
$172,934
4 – 30
Acquired technology . . . . . . . .
46,134
(32,421)
—
13,713
4 – 20
Trade names . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,400
(1,580)
—
820
5
Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,291
(1,492)
—
799
2 – 20
Total intangible assets, net . . .
$358,243
$(168,604)
$(1,373)
$188,266
(1)
The differences in gross carrying amounts between periods are primarily due to the write-off of certain
fully amortized intangible assets.
F-27

December 31, 2023
Gross carrying
amount
Accumulated
amortization
Foreign currency exchange
rate fluctuations
Net carrying
amount
Useful life
(years)
(In thousands, except for years)
Customer relationships . . . . . . .
$307,418
$(115,232)
$(1,326)
$190,860
4 – 30
Acquired technology . . . . . . . .
84,876
(67,033)
—
17,843
4 – 20
Backlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,800
(1,800)
—
—
2
Trade names . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9,200
(7,680)
—
1,520
5 – 12
Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,404
(1,454)
—
950
2 – 20
Total intangible assets, net . . .
$405,698
$(193,199)
$(1,326)
$211,173
Amortization expense of intangible assets was $22.8 million, $31.6 million, and $35.2 million for
the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
The estimated future amortization expenses for amortizable intangible assets were as follows:
December 31,
2024
(In thousands)
2025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 20,999
2026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18,068
2027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16,218
2028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15,183
2029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11,490
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
106,308
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$188,266
Note 10.
Debt and Credit Agreement
On November 15, 2019, Omnicell, Inc. entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as
amended, the “Prior A&R Credit Agreement”) with the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells
Fargo Securities, LLC, Citizens Bank, N.A., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as joint lead arrangers, and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent. As referred to herein, “Omnicell, Inc.”
refers only to Omnicell, Inc., excluding its subsidiaries. The Prior A&R Credit Agreement provided for (a) a
five-year revolving credit facility of $500.0 million (the “Prior Revolving Credit Facility”) and (b) an
uncommitted incremental loan facility of up to $250.0 million (the “Prior Incremental Facility”). In addition,
the Prior A&R Credit Agreement included a letter of credit sub-limit of up to $15.0 million and a swing
line loan sub-limit of up to $25.0 million. The Prior A&R Credit Agreement was subsequently amended on
September 22, 2020 and March 29, 2023, to permit the issuance of the convertible senior notes and the
purchase of the convertible note hedge transactions (as described in Note 11, Convertible Senior Notes),
expand the Company’s flexibility to make restricted payments (including common stock repurchases), and
replace the total net leverage covenant, as well as to remove and replace the interest rate benchmark based on
the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) and related LIBOR-based mechanics with an interest rate
benchmark based on the secured overnight financing rate (“SOFR”) as administered by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York and related SOFR-based mechanics.
Omnicell, Inc. entered into a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second A&R
Credit Agreement”) on October 10, 2023, with the lenders from time to time party thereto, Wells Fargo
Securities, LLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., PNC Capital Markets LLC and TD Securities (USA) LLC
as joint lead arrangers and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent. The Second
A&R Credit Agreement supersedes the Prior A&R Credit Agreement and provides for (a) a five-year
revolving credit facility of $350.0 million (the “Current Revolving Credit Facility”) and (b) an uncommitted
incremental loan facility of up to an amount equal to the sum of (i) the greater of $250.0 million and
F-28

100% of the adjusted consolidated EBITDA for the last four quarters and (ii) additional amounts subject to
pro forma compliance with certain consolidated secured net leverage ratio (the “Current Incremental
Facility”). In addition, the Second A&R Credit Agreement includes a letter of credit sub-limit of up to
$15.0 million and a swing line loan sub-limit of up to $25.0 million. The Second A&R Credit Agreement
has an expiration date of October 10, 2028, subject to acceleration under certain conditions, upon which date
all remaining outstanding borrowings will be due and payable.
Loans under the Current Revolving Credit Facility bear interest, at Omnicell, Inc.’s option, at a rate
equal to either (a) the Adjusted Term SOFR (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement), plus an
applicable margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.25% per annum based on the Company’s Consolidated Total Net
Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second A&R Credit Agreement), or (b) an alternate base rate equal to
the highest of (i) the prime rate, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (iii) the Adjusted Term SOFR for
an interest period of one month plus 1.00%, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.25% per
annum based on the Company’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio. Undrawn commitments under the
Current Revolving Credit Facility are subject to a commitment fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.35% per
annum based on the Company’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio on the average daily unused portion
of the Current Revolving Credit Facility. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Current Revolving
Credit Facility or Current Incremental Facility Omnicell, Inc. is permitted to make voluntary prepayments
at any time without payment of a premium or penalty. The availability of funds under the Current Revolving
Credit Facility may be subject to reduction in order to maintain compliance with the financial covenants
under the Second A&R Credit Agreement.
The Second A&R Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary
affirmative and negative covenants applicable to the Company, including, among other things, restrictions
on indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, dispositions, dividends, and other distributions. The Second
A&R Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require the Company to not exceed a maximum
consolidated secured net leverage ratio (not to exceed 3.00:1) and maintain a minimum consolidated interest
coverage ratio (not to be less than 3.00:1). In addition, the Second A&R Credit Agreement contains
certain customary events of default including, but not limited to, failure to pay interest, principal, and fees,
or other amounts when due, material misrepresentations or misstatements in any representation or warranty,
covenant defaults, certain cross defaults to other material indebtedness, certain judgment defaults, and
events of bankruptcy.
Omnicell, Inc.’s obligations under the Second A&R Credit Agreement and, at the election of Omnicell,
Inc. and the contracting counterparty, any secured swap obligations and banking services obligations owing
to a lender (or an affiliate of a lender) are guaranteed by certain of its domestic subsidiaries and secured
by substantially all of its and such subsidiary guarantors’ assets. In connection with entering into the Second
A&R Credit Agreement, and as a condition precedent to borrowing loans thereunder, Omnicell, Inc. and
certain of Omnicell, Inc.’s other direct and indirect subsidiaries have entered into certain ancillary agreements,
including, but not limited to, a reaffirmation agreement, which amends certain terms of the existing
collateral agreement and reaffirms their obligations under the existing guaranty agreement.
The refinancing of the Prior Credit Agreement on October 10, 2023 was evaluated in accordance with
ASC 470-50, Debt — Modifications and Extinguishments. In determining whether the refinancing was to be
accounted for as a debt extinguishment or a debt modification, the Company considered whether lenders
within the syndicate remained the same or changed and whether the changes in debt terms were substantial.
This assessment was performed on an individual lender basis within the syndicate. As a result, the
refinancing was accounted for as a modification with the exception of certain lenders that exited the
syndicate. The exit of certain lenders resulted in an immaterial write-off of existing unamortized debt
issuance costs. The remaining unamortized debt issuance costs related to debt modification, along with the
new deferred costs, will be amortized over the remaining term of the Second A&R Credit Agreement. The
Company incurred and capitalized an additional $3.0 million of debt issuance costs, which are being
amortized to interest expense using the straight-line method through 2028.
On November 18, 2024, Omnicell, Inc., as borrower, entered into a First Amendment to Second
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amendment”) with the lenders party thereto from time to
time, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders. Pursuant to the
Amendment, effective as of November 19, 2025, the springing maturity for the revolving credit facility
F-29

that is tied to the outstanding principal amount of Omnicell, Inc.’s existing 0.25% Convertible Senior Notes
due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”) will apply only if more than $200 million in the aggregate principal amount
of Omnicell, Inc.’s 2025 Notes remain outstanding as of 91 days prior to the maturity date of the 2025 Notes.
As of both December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company had $350.0 million of funds
available under the Current Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company
had no outstanding balance under the Prior or Current Revolving Credit Facility. The Company was in
compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2024.
Note 11.
Convertible Senior Notes
0.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025
On September 25, 2020, Omnicell, Inc. completed a private offering of $575.0 million aggregate
principal amount of 0.25% convertible senior notes (the “2025 Notes”), including the exercise in full of the
initial purchasers’ option to purchase up to an additional $75.0 million principal amount of the 2025 Notes.
As referred to herein, “Omnicell, Inc.” or the “Company” refers only to Omnicell, Inc., excluding its
subsidiaries. Omnicell, Inc. received proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes of $559.7 million, net of
$15.3 million of transaction fees and other debt issuance costs. The 2025 Notes bear interest at a rate of 0.25%
per year, payable semiannually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on
March 15, 2021. The 2025 Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated September 25, 2020 (the
“2025 Notes Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The 2025
Notes are general senior, unsecured obligations of the Company and will mature on September 15, 2025,
unless earlier redeemed, repurchased, or converted.
The 2025 Notes are convertible at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately
preceding May 15, 2025, only under the following circumstances: (i) during any fiscal quarter commencing
after the fiscal quarter ended on December 31, 2020 (and only during such fiscal quarter), if the last reported
sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during
a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately
preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price for the 2025 Notes on
each applicable trading day; (ii) during the five business day period after any ten consecutive trading day
period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price (as defined in the 2025 Notes Indenture) per
$1,000 principal amount of the 2025 Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98%
of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate for
the 2025 Notes on each such trading day; (iii) if the Company calls such 2025 Notes for redemption, at any
time prior to the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption date,
but only with respect to the 2025 Notes called (or deemed called) for redemption; or (iv) upon the occurrence
of specified corporate events, as specified in the 2025 Notes Indenture. On or after May 15, 2025 until the
close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders of
the 2025 Notes may convert all or any portion of their 2025 Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing
conditions.
During the three months ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, none of the conditional conversion
features of the 2025 Notes were triggered, and therefore, the 2025 Notes are not convertible during the first
quarter of 2025, commencing on January 1, 2025, and were not convertible during the first quarter of
2024, commencing on January 1, 2024. Accordingly, the Company classified the 2025 Notes as a long-term
liability in its Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2023. As the 2025 Notes will mature on
September 15, 2025, the Company classified the 2025 Notes as a current liability in its Consolidated
Financial Statements as of December 31, 2024.
Under the original terms of the 2025 Notes Indenture, upon conversion, the Company could satisfy its
conversion obligation by paying or delivering cash, shares of its common stock, or a combination thereof,
at the Company’s election, in the manner and subject to the terms and conditions provided in the 2025 Notes
Indenture. On December 13, 2021, the Company irrevocably elected to fix its settlement method to a
combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock with the specified cash amount per $1,000
principal amount of 2025 Notes of at least $1,000. As a result, for 2025 Notes converted on or after
December 13, 2021, a converting noteholder will receive (i) up to $1,000 in cash per $1,000 principal amount
F-30

of 2025 Notes and (ii) cash and/or shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s option for
any conversion consideration in excess of $1,000. In addition, the Company continues to have the ability to
set the specified cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of 2025 Notes above $1,000. The initial
conversion rate for the 2025 Notes is 10.2751 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1,000 principal
amount of 2025 Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $97.32 per share of
the Company’s common stock, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances in accordance with the
terms of the 2025 Notes Indenture. In addition, following certain corporate events that could occur prior to
the maturity date of the 2025 Notes or if the Company delivers a notice of redemption in respect of the
2025 Notes, the Company will, under certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate of the 2025 Notes
for a holder who elects to convert its 2025 Notes (or any portion thereof) in connection with such a corporate
event or convert its 2025 Notes called (or deemed called) for redemption during the related redemption
period (as defined in the 2025 Notes Indenture), as the case may be.
If the Company undergoes a fundamental change, holders may require, subject to certain exceptions,
the Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their 2025 Notes at a fundamental change
repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued
and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. As of December 31, 2024,
none of the criteria for a fundamental change or a conversion rate adjustment had been met.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company may redeem for cash all or any portion of the 2025 Notes, at
its option, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock has been at least 130% of the
conversion price for the 2025 Notes then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive)
during any 30 consecutive trading day period (including the last trading day of such period) ending on, and
including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of
redemption at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes to be redeemed,
plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. If the Company redeems less than
all of the outstanding 2025 Notes, at least $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes must
be outstanding and not subject to redemption as of the date of the relevant notice of redemption. No
sinking fund is provided for in the 2025 Notes.
Partial Repurchase of the 2025 Notes
In November 2024, the Company entered into separate, privately negotiated transactions with certain
holders of the 2025 Notes to repurchase $400.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes
for approximately $391.0 million of cash. The Company accounted for the partial repurchase of 2025 Notes
as a debt extinguishment and recorded a $7.2 million gain on extinguishment, which included a partial
write-off of previously deferred debt issuance costs of $1.8 million, which is included within interest and
other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The debt issuance costs associated with the remaining 2025 Notes are being amortized to interest
expense over the term of the 2025 Notes using an effective interest rate of 0.80%. As of December 31, 2024,
the remaining life of the 2025 Notes and the related issuance cost accretion is approximately 0.7 years.
Following the partial repurchase of the 2025 Notes, the maximum number of shares issuable upon
conversion, including the effect of a fundamental change and subject to other conversion rate adjustments,
would be 1.8 million shares. As of December 31, 2024, the if-converted value of the 2025 Notes did not exceed
the principal amount.
1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029
On November 22, 2024, Omnicell, Inc. completed a private offering of $172.5 million aggregate
principal amount of 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”), including the exercise in
full of the initial purchasers’ option to purchase up to an additional $22.5 million aggregate principal
amount of the 2029 Notes. Omnicell, Inc. received proceeds from the issuance of the 2029 Notes of
$166.3 million, net of $6.2 million of transaction fees and other debt issuance costs. The 2029 Notes bear
interest at a rate of 1.00% per year, payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year,
beginning on June 1, 2025. The 2029 Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated November 22,
2024 (the “2029 Notes Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National
F-31

Association, as trustee. The 2029 Notes are general senior, unsecured obligations of the Company and will
mature on December 1, 2029, unless earlier redeemed, purchased, or converted.
The 2029 Notes are convertible at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately
preceding August 1, 2029, only under the following circumstances: (i) during any fiscal quarter commencing
after the fiscal quarter ending on March 31, 2025 (and only during such fiscal quarter), if the last reported
sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a
period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately
preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price for the 2029 Notes on each
applicable trading day; (ii) during the five business day period after any ten consecutive trading day
period (the “measurement period”) in which the “trading price” (as defined in the 2029 Notes Indenture)
per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than
98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion
rate for the 2029 Notes on each such trading day; (iii) if the Company calls such 2029 Notes for redemption,
at any time prior to the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption
date, but only with respect to the 2029 Notes called (or deemed called) for redemption; or (iv) upon the
occurrence of specified corporate events as set forth in the 2029 Notes Indenture. On or after August 1,
2029 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date,
holders of the 2029 Notes may convert all or any portion of their 2029 Notes at any time, regardless of the
foregoing conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2024, none of the conditional conversion features
of the 2029 Notes were triggered, and therefore, the 2029 Notes are not convertible during the first quarter
of 2025.
Upon conversion, the Company will pay cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes
to be converted and pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a
combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election, in respect to
the remainder, if any, of the Company’s conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of
the 2029 Notes being converted, in the manner and subject to the terms and conditions provided in the
2029 Notes Indenture.
The initial conversion rate for the 2029 Notes is 17.4662 shares of the Company’s common stock per
$1,000 principal amount of the 2029 Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately
$57.25 per share of the Company’s common stock, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances in
accordance with the terms of the 2029 Notes Indenture. In addition, following certain corporate events that
occur prior to the maturity date of the 2029 Notes or if the Company delivers a notice of redemption in
respect of the 2029 Notes, the Company will, under certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate of
the 2029 Notes for a holder who elects to convert its 2029 Notes (or any portion thereof) in connection with
such a corporate event or convert its 2029 Notes called (or deemed called) for redemption during the
related redemption period (as defined in the 2029 Notes Indenture), as the case may be.
If the Company undergoes a fundamental change (as defined in the 2029 Notes Indenture), holders
may require, subject to certain exceptions, the Company to repurchase for cash all or any portion of their
2029 Notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029
Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change
repurchase date. As of December 31, 2024, none of the criteria for a fundamental change or a conversion
rate adjustment had been met.
The Company may not redeem the 2029 Notes prior to December 6, 2027. The Company may redeem
for cash all or any portion of the 2029 Notes, at its option, on or after December 6, 2027, if the last reported
sale price of the Company’s common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price for the 2029
Notes then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading
day period (including the last trading day of such period) ending on, and including, the trading day
immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. The Company may not redeem less than all of the outstanding
2029 Notes unless at least $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2029 Notes are outstanding and
not called for redemption as of the time the Company sends the related notice of redemption. No sinking fund
is provided for in the 2029 Notes.
F-32

The debt issuance costs associated with the 2029 Notes are being amortized to interest expense over the
term of the 2029 Notes using an effective interest rate of 1.75%. As of December 31, 2024, the remaining
life of the 2029 Notes and the related issuance cost accretion is approximately 4.9 years.
The maximum number of shares issuable upon conversion, including the effect of a fundamental
change and subject to other conversion rate adjustments, would be 3.0 million shares. As of December 31,
2024, the if-converted value of the 2029 Notes did not exceed the principal amount.
The 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes consisted of the following balances:
December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
2025 Notes:
Principal amount
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$175,000
$575,000
Unamortized debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(676)
(5,338)
Convertible senior notes, net(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$174,324
$569,662
2029 Notes:
Principal amount
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$172,500
$
—
Unamortized debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(6,103)
—
Convertible senior notes, net, noncurrent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$166,397
$
—
(1)
Classified as a current liability as of December 31, 2024 and a long-term liability as of December 31,
2023 in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The following table summarizes the components of interest expense resulting from the 2025 Notes and
the 2029 Notes recognized in interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Contractual coupon interest:
2025 Notes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$1,332
$1,438
$1,438
2029 Notes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 182
$
—
$
—
Amortization of debt issuance costs:
2025 Notes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$2,886
$3,091
$3,066
2029 Notes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 125
$
—
$
—
Convertible Note Hedge and Warrant Transactions
In connection with the issuance of the 2025 Notes in September 2020 and the 2029 Notes in
November 2024, the Company entered into convertible note hedges and warrants transactions, respectively,
with certain initial purchasers of the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes or affiliates thereof and certain other
financial institutions (the “option counterparties”).
The convertible note hedges related to the 2025 Notes consisted of call options for the Company to
purchase, subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially similar to those applicable to the 2025 Notes, up
to approximately 5.9 million shares of the Company’s common stock, which is equal to the number of
shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the 2025 Notes at the time of its issuance, at an initial
strike price of approximately $97.32 per share. The convertible note hedges related to the 2029 Notes consisted
of call options for the Company to purchase up to, subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially
similar to those applicable to the 2029 Notes, approximately 3.0 million shares of the Company’s common
F-33

stock, which is equal to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the 2029 Notes
at the time of its issuance, at an initial strike price of approximately $57.25 per share. The convertible note
hedges will expire upon the maturity of the respective convertible notes, if not earlier exercised or
terminated. The cost of the convertible note hedges related to the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes was
approximately $100.6 million and $40.3 million, respectively, and each was accounted for as an equity
instrument, each of which was recorded in additional paid-in capital in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In
addition, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset of $25.8 million and $10.2 million, respectively, at
issuance related to the convertible note hedges for the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes. The convertible note
hedges are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution to the Company’s common stock upon any
conversion of the 2025 Notes or the 2029 Notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company may be
required to make in excess of the principal amount of the converted 2025 Notes or the 2029 Notes.
Separately from the convertible note hedges, in September 2020 and November 2024, the Company
entered into warrant transactions to sell to the respective option counterparties warrants to acquire, subject
to customary anti-dilution adjustments, up to approximately 5.9 million shares of its common stock at an
initial strike price of approximately $141.56 and approximately 3.0 million shares of its common stock at an
initial strike price of approximately $84.82 per share related to the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes,
respectively. The warrants require net share or net cash settlement upon the Company’s election. The
Company received aggregate proceeds of approximately $51.3 million and $25.2 million for the issuance of
the warrants related to the 2025 Notes and the 2029 Notes, respectively, which was recorded in additional
paid-in capital at issuance in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The warrants could separately have a
dilutive effect to the Company’s common stock to the extent that the market price per share of its common
stock, as measured under the warrants, exceeds the strike price of the warrants.
In November 2024, in connection with the partial repurchase of the 2025 Notes, the Company entered
into unwind agreements with the existing option counterparties to the convertible note hedges and warrants
related to the 2025 Notes to terminate a portion of the existing convertible note hedges and warrants
related to the 2025 Notes at a notional amount corresponding to the amount of the 2025 Notes repurchased,
resulting in an immaterial gain.
Note 12.
Lessor Leases
Sales-Type Leases
The following table presents the Company’s income recognized from sales-type leases:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Sales-type lease revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 31,624
$ 36,208
$ 38,959
Cost of sales-type lease revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(18,518)
(18,093)
(19,359)
Selling profit on sales-type lease revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 13,106
$ 18,115
$ 19,600
The receivables as a result of these types of transactions are collateralized by the underlying equipment
leased and consist of the following components:
December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Net minimum lease payments to be received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 77,976
$ 65,017
Less: Unearned interest income portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(12,757)
(10,196)
Net investment in sales-type leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65,219
54,821
Less: Current portion(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(12,475)
(11,867)
Long-term investment in sales-type leases, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 52,744
$ 42,954
F-34

(1)
The current portion of the net investment in sales-type leases is included in other current assets in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The carrying amount of the Company’s sales-type lease receivables is a reasonable estimate of fair
value.
The maturity schedule of future minimum lease payments under sales-type leases retained in-house
and the reconciliation to the net investment in sales-type leases reported on the Consolidated Balance
Sheets was as follows:
December 31,
2024
(In thousands)
2025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 15,540
2026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14,201
2027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,652
2028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11,525
2029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8,917
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15,141
Total future minimum sales-type lease payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
77,976
Present value adjustment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(12,757)
Total net investment in sales-type leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 65,219
Operating Leases
The following table represents the Company’s income recognized from operating leases:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Rental income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$3,649
$6,591
$9,460
Note 13.
Lessee Leases
The Company has operating leases for office buildings, data centers, office equipment, and vehicles.
The Company’s leases have initial terms of one to twelve years. As of December 31, 2024, the Company did
not have any additional material operating leases that were entered into, but not yet commenced.
The maturity schedule of future minimum lease payments under operating leases and the reconciliation
to the operating lease liabilities reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets was as follows:
December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
2025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$12,787
2026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,050
2027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,077
2028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8,625
2029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,881
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,532
Total operating lease payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46,952
Present value adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(5,127)
Total operating lease liabilities(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$41,825
F-35

(1)
Amount consists of a current and long-term portion of operating lease liabilities of $10.7 million and
$31.1 million, respectively. The current portion of the operating lease liabilities is included in accrued
liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Operating lease costs were $10.3 million, $10.8 million, and $18.9 million for the years ended
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Short-term lease costs and variable lease costs were not
material for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2023,
the Company recorded impairment and abandonment charges to operating lease right-of-use assets of
$10.0 million, in connection with restructuring activities to reduce its real estate footprint and for optimization
of certain leased facilities. The impairment and abandonment charges were recorded to selling, general,
and administrative expenses on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Refer to Note 18,
Restructuring Expenses, for additional information regarding the Company’s restructuring activities.
The following table summarizes supplemental cash flow information related to the Company’s operating
leases:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities . . . .
$13,193
$13,469
$16,452
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities . . . . . . . .
$ 9,002
$ 6,431
$12,372
The following table summarizes the weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average
discount rate related to the Company’s operating leases:
December 31,
2024
2023
Weighted-average remaining lease term, years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1
4.6
Weighted-average discount rate, % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8% 5.8%
Note 14.
Commitments and Contingencies
Purchase Obligations
In the ordinary course of business, the Company issues purchase orders based on its current
manufacturing needs. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had non-cancelable purchase commitments
of $118.8 million, of which $109.3 million are expected to be paid within the next twelve months.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is currently involved in various legal proceedings.
In December 2023, Omnicell received a civil request for records issued by the U.S. Attorney’s Office for
the Eastern District of Washington (the “Government”) related to the Company’s compliance with the
pricing terms and conditions of its Federal Supply Schedule (“FSS”) contract with the federal government.
In December 2024, the Government presented information identifying certain potential non-compliances
with the FSS and associated potential violations of the False Claims Act. Omnicell is engaging in substantive
defensive and settlement discussions with the Government regarding the concerns identified. At the time
of this filing, those settlement discussions remain ongoing. For any future settlement to be effected, all parties
will need to agree on acceptable terms, both monetary and non-monetary.
As required under ASC 450, Contingencies, the Company accrues for contingencies when it believes
that a loss is probable and that it can reasonably estimate the amount of any such loss. The Company has
not recorded any material accrual for contingent liabilities associated with the matter described above or any
other current legal proceedings based on its belief that any potential material loss, while reasonably
possible, is not probable. Furthermore, any possible range of loss in these matters either cannot be reasonably
F-36

estimated at this time or is not deemed material. The Company believes that it has valid defenses with
respect to legal proceedings pending against it. However, litigation is inherently unpredictable, and it is
possible that cash flows or results of operations could be materially affected in any particular period by the
unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings or because of the diversion of management’s attention and the
creation of significant expenses, regardless of outcome.
The Company is not a party to any legal proceedings that management believes may have a material
impact on the Company’s business or operations.
Guarantees
Under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the Company has agreed to indemnify
its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware and other applicable law,
subject to certain exceptions. The Company has entered into individual indemnification agreements with
its directors and officers. The term of the indemnification period is for the entirety of the director’s or officer’s
service to the Company and continues so long as the director or officer may be subject to any claim,
action, or proceeding, and there is no limit on the potential amount of future payments that the Company
could be required to make under these indemnification agreements. The Company has purchased a directors’
and officers’ liability insurance policy that may enable it to recover a portion of any future payments that
it may be required to make under these indemnification agreements. Assuming the applicability of coverage
and the willingness of the insurer to assume coverage and subject to certain retention, loss limits, and
other policy provisions, the Company believes it is unlikely that the Company will be required to pay any
material amounts pursuant to these indemnification obligations. However, no assurances can be given that
the insurers will not attempt to dispute the validity, applicability, or amount of coverage without expensive
and time-consuming litigation against the insurers.
Additionally, the Company undertakes indemnification obligations in its ordinary course of business in
connection with, among other things, the sale or licensing of its products and the provision of its support
services. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, the Company has in the past and may in the future
agree to indemnify another party, generally its business affiliates or customers, against certain losses
suffered or incurred by the indemnified party in connection with various types of claims, which may include,
without limitation, claims of intellectual property infringement, certain tax liabilities, its gross negligence
or intentional acts in the performance of services, and violations of laws. The term of these indemnification
obligations is generally perpetual, but typically will not extend beyond the applicable statute of limitation
pursuant to applicable law. In general, the Company attempts to limit the maximum potential amount of
future payments that it may be required to make under these indemnification obligations to the amounts paid
to it by a customer, but in some cases the obligation may not be so limited.
In addition, the Company has in the past and may in the future warrant to its customers that its
products will conform to certain representations, which may include functional specifications for a limited
period of time following the date of installation (generally not exceeding 30 days) or that its software media
is free from material defects. Sales contracts for certain of the Company’s medication packaging systems
may have in the past and may in the future include limited warranties for up to six months, but the periodic
activity and ending warranty balances the Company records have historically not been material.
From time to time, the Company may also warrant that its professional services will conform to certain
representations, which may include that such services will be performed in a good and workmanlike manner
or in a professional manner consistent with industry standards. The Company generally seeks to disclaim
most warranties, including any implied or statutory warranties such as warranties of merchantability, fitness
for a particular purpose, title, quality, and non-infringement, as well as any liability with respect to
incidental, consequential, special, exemplary, punitive, or similar damages. In some states, such disclaimers
may not be enforceable. If necessary, the Company would provide for the estimated cost of product and
service warranties based on specific warranty claims and claim history. The Company has not been
subject to any significant claims for such losses and has not incurred any material costs in defending or
settling claims related to these indemnification obligations. Accordingly, the Company believes it is unlikely
that the Company will be required to pay any material amounts pursuant to these indemnification
obligations or potential warranty claims and, therefore, no material liabilities have been recorded for such
indemnification obligations as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
F-37

Note 15.
Employee Benefits and Share-Based Compensation
Equity Incentive Plans
1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company has an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), under which employees can purchase
shares of its common stock based on a percentage of their compensation, but not greater than 15% of their
earnings; provided, however, an eligible employee’s right to purchase shares of the Company’s common
stock may not accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such shares for each calendar
year in which such rights are outstanding. The purchase price per share must be equal to the lower of 85%
of the fair value of the common stock at the beginning of a 24-month offering period or the end of each
six-month purchasing period.
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, employees purchased approximately 524,000 and
353,000 shares of common stock, respectively, under the ESPP at a weighted-average price of $24.14 and
$46.68, respectively.
2009 Equity Incentive Plan
The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (“2009 Plan”), as amended, provides for the issuance of incentive stock
options, RSAs, RSUs, PSUs, and other stock awards to the Company’s employees, directors, and consultants.
RSUs generally vest over periods of up to four years, with one-fourth of the shares vesting one year
from the vesting commencement date with respect to initial grants, and the remaining shares vesting in 12
equal quarterly installments thereafter. Awards of restricted stock to non-employee directors are granted on
the date of the annual meeting of stockholders and vest in full on the date of the next annual meeting of
stockholders, provided such non-employee director remains a director on such date. PSUs granted to the
Company’s executives may include performance and market conditions. PSUs become eligible for vesting
when certain market or performance conditions are met. PSUs generally vest over periods of up to four years,
with one-fourth of the shares vesting approximately one year from the vesting commencement date with
respect to initial grants and upon confirmation by the Compensation Committee that the performance target
has been met, and the remaining shares generally vesting in equal semi-annual or quarterly installments
over the remaining three years. Vesting is contingent upon continued service.
Share-Based Compensation Expense
The following table sets forth the total share-based compensation expense:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Cost of product and service revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 6,373
$ 8,288
$ 9,067
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,441
6,941
11,368
Selling, general, and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28,502
40,071
47,812
Total share-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$39,316
$55,300
$68,247
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company capitalized approximately
$3.6 million and $4.4 million, respectively, of non-cash share-based compensation expense to internal-use
and external-use software development costs related to internal labor. The Company did not capitalize any
material non-cash share-based compensation expense to inventory during the years ended December 31, 2024
and 2023. Income tax benefit (expense) realized from share-based compensation was an expense of
$5.4 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and a benefit of
$5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Stock Options
There were no stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2022. During the
year ended December 31, 2023, the Company granted 200,000 shares of options at the weighted-average
fair value per share of options of $19.48.
F-38

The following table summarizes the stock option activity under the 2009 Plan:
Number of
Shares
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
Weighted-Average
Remaining Years
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(In thousands, except per share data)
Outstanding at December 31, 2023 . . . . . . . . .
2,023
$67.68
4.6
$1,013
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(24)
31.76
Expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(216)
73.44
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(23)
63.99
Outstanding at December 31, 2024 . . . . . . . . .
1,760
$67.51
3.6
$2,619
Exercisable at December 31, 2024 . . . . . . . . . .
1,757
$67.33
3.6
$2,619
Vested and expected to vest at December 31,
2024 and thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,760
$67.50
3.6
$2,619
The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was
$0.3 million, $3.2 million, and $23.9 million, respectively.
Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)
The following table summarizes the RSU activity under the 2009 Plan:
Number of
Shares
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value
Weighted-Average
Remaining Years
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(In thousands, except per share data)
Outstanding at December 31, 2023 . . . . . . .
1,078
$84.66
1.5
$40,551
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,083
40.35
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(380)
89.84
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(167)
76.17
Outstanding and unvested at December 31,
2024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,614
$54.58
1.6
$71,849
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of RSUs granted during the years ended
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $40.35, $63.74, and $111.12, respectively. The total fair value of
RSUs that vested in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $34.1 million, $38.0 million,
and $30.7 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2024, total unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs was $56.2 million,
which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 3.1 years.
Restricted Stock Awards (“RSAs”)
The following table summarizes the RSA activity under the 2009 Plan:
Number of
Shares
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value
(In thousands, except per share data)
Outstanding at December 31, 2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
$70.96
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51
31.94
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(26)
67.32
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2024
. . . . . . . . . . . .
49
$31.91
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of RSAs granted during the years ended
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $31.94, $70.96, and $109.39, respectively. The total fair value of
F-39

RSAs that vested in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $1.8 million, $1.4 million, and
$1.6 million, respectively.
Performance-Based Stock Unit Awards (“PSUs”)
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company granted 65,000 PSUs to its executive officers,
none of which became eligible for vesting as the achievement of a certain level of shareholder return was
not achieved. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company granted 177,069 PSUs to its executive
officers, of which 0% to 200% may become eligible for vesting depending on the level of shareholder
return for the period from March 1, 2024 through March 1, 2025.
The number of shares that vest at the end of the performance period depends on the percentile ranking
of the total shareholder return for Omnicell stock over the performance period relative to the total shareholder
return of certain companies in the healthcare sector of the S&P 400 and S&P 600 indexes. Stock price
appreciation is calculated based on the trailing 20-day average stock price just prior to the first trading day
of March in the grant year, compared to the trailing 20-day average stock price just prior to the first trading
day of March in the year subsequent to the grant year.
The following table summarizes the PSU activity under the 2009 Plan:
Number of
Shares
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value
(In thousands, except per share data)
Outstanding at December 31, 2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75
$127.14
Granted (Awarded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
177
28.67
Vested (Released) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(10)
157.56
Forfeited
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(65)
122.29
Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2024
. . . . . . . . . . . .
177
$ 28.67
The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of PSUs granted during the years ended
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $28.67, $122.29, and $155.27, respectively. The total fair value of
PSUs that vested in the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 was $1.6 million, $6.1 million, and
$15.0 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2024, total unrecognized compensation cost related to PSUs was approximately
$2.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of
1.4 years.
Summary of Shares Reserved for Future Issuance under Equity Incentive Plans
The Company had the following ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under its equity incentive
plans as of December 31, 2024:
Number of Shares
(In thousands)
Stock options outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,760
Non-vested restricted stock awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,840
Shares authorized for future issuance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3,362
ESPP shares available for future issuance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2,726
Total shares reserved for future issuance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9,688
401(k) Plan
The Company has established a pre-tax savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended. The 401(k) Plan allows eligible employees in the United States to voluntarily
F-40

contribute a portion of their pre-tax salary, subject to a maximum limit specified in the Internal Revenue
Code. The Company generally matches 50% of employee contributions up to $3,000, annually. The Company’s
contributions under this plan were $7.5 million, $7.9 million, and $8.1 million in the years ended
December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Note 16.
Stock Repurchase Programs
On August 2, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) authorized a stock repurchase
program, which does not expire, providing for the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of the Company’s
common stock (the “2016 Repurchase Program”). As of December 31, 2024, the maximum dollar value of
shares that may yet be purchased under the 2016 Repurchase Program was $2.7 million.
The timing, price, and volume of repurchases are to be based on market conditions, relevant securities
laws, and other factors. The stock repurchases may be made from time to time on the open market, in privately
negotiated transactions, or pursuant to a Rule 10b-18 plan, subject to the terms and conditions of the
Second A&R Credit Agreement, as amended. The 2016 Repurchase Program does not obligate the Company
to repurchase any specific number of shares, and the Company may terminate or suspend the 2016
Repurchase Program at any time.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased approximately 389,300 shares of
its common stock under the repurchase programs at an average price of $134.11 per share for an aggregate
purchase price of approximately $52.2 million. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the
Company did not repurchase any of its outstanding common stock under the 2016 Repurchase Program.
Note 17.
Income Taxes
The following is a geographical breakdown of income (loss) before income taxes:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$19,757
$(28,105)
$
369
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5,836
7,997
(2,822)
Income (loss) before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$25,593
$(20,108)
$(2,453)
The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consisted of the following:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Current:
Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 21,805
$
8,556
$ 17,973
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,964
1,471
8,024
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
846
840
192
Total current income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27,615
10,867
26,189
Deferred:
Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(14,416)
(8,002)
(25,753)
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
115
(2,261)
(7,976)
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(252)
(341)
(561)
Total deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(14,553)
(10,604)
(34,290)
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes . . . . . . .
$ 13,062
$
263
$ (8,101)
F-41

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the
statutory federal tax rate as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
U.S. federal tax provision at statutory rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 5,375
$(4,223)
$ (515)
State taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4,037
(624)
38
Section 162(m) limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
531
1,286
3,071
Non-deductible expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
510
531
134
Uncertain tax positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(881)
(620)
(776)
Share-based compensation tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,078
7,384
(3,264)
Research tax credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(3,531)
(4,587)
(6,948)
Gain on extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
477
—
—
Foreign-derived intangible income deduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(229)
(325)
(753)
Global intangible low-taxed income inclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
826
—
960
Foreign rate differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
122
219
186
Foreign branch taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(7)
6
(51)
Transaction cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
68
Provision to return true up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(244)
697
(84)
State rate true up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
528
(135)
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2)
(9)
(32)
Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$13,062
$
263
$(8,101)
The Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development (OECD) introduced Base Erosion
and Profit Shifting (BEPS) Pillar Two rules that impose a global minimum tax rate of 15% on multi-
national corporations. The rules are effective for the Company’s financial year beginning January 1, 2024.
Numerous countries have enacted or substantively enacted legislation to implement these rules. While the
Company did not have an impact from Pillar Two on its tax provision or effective tax rate as of the year ended
December 31, 2024, the Company continues to monitor evolving tax legislation in the jurisdictions in
which it operates.
F-42

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) were as follows:
December 31,
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Deferred revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 23,550
$ 11,343
Share-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9,915
11,763
Inventory-related items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,055
5,136
Tax credit carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12,843
12,505
Reserves and accruals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8,384
5,660
Loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6,493
7,802
Lease liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,615
11,457
Convertible debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11,276
9,649
Capitalized research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49,380
41,635
Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,580
591
Gross deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
140,091
117,541
Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
—
Total net deferred tax assets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
140,091
117,541
Intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(27,057)
(30,366)
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(35,759)
(35,402)
Prepaid expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(14,466)
(13,858)
Right-of-use assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(6,448)
(6,626)
Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—
(8)
Total deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(83,730)
(86,260)
Net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 56,361
$ 31,281
Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are provided for temporary differences that will result in future
tax deductions or future taxable income, as well as the future benefit of tax credit carryforwards. The
Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to
be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative
evidence, including future reversals of existing temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax
planning strategies, and results of recent operations. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company does
not have a valuation allowance against any of its deferred tax assets.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had no federal net operating loss carryforward and $9.5 million
of state net operating loss carryforwards. The Company also has $18.7 million of foreign net operating losses
carried forward indefinitely. For income tax purposes, the Company had no federal research tax credit
carryforward and a California research tax credit carryforward of $21.6 million. California research tax
credits are carried forward indefinitely to reduce cash taxes payable.
It is the Company’s practice and intention to reinvest the earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiaries in those
operations. As of December 31, 2024, the Company has not made a provision for U.S. federal income,
withholding, and state income taxes on the outside basis difference related to certain foreign subsidiaries
because earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in operations outside the U.S.
The Company files income tax returns in the United States and various state and foreign jurisdictions.
In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examinations by taxing authorities, including
major jurisdictions such as the United States, Germany, Italy, France, the United Kingdom and India. With
few exceptions, as of December 31, 2024, the Company was no longer subject to U.S., state, and foreign
tax examinations for years before 2021, 2020, and 2020, respectively.
F-43

The following table summarizes the aggregate change in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefit,
which excludes interest and penalties:
(In thousands)
Balance as of December 31, 2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 8,961
Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Decreases related to tax positions taken during the prior period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(59)
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,629
Decreases related to expiration of statute of limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1,238)
Balance as of December 31, 2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9,296
Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
750
Decreases related to tax positions taken during the prior period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(161)
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,566
Decreases related to expiration of statute of limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(703)
Balance as of December 31, 2023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10,748
Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior period
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Decreases related to tax positions taken during the prior period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(138)
Increases related to tax positions taken during the current period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1,163
Decreases related to settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(333)
Decreases related to expiration of statute of limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(952)
Balance as of December 31, 2024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$10,492
The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefit that, if realized, would favorably affect the
Company’s effective income tax rate in future periods, was $10.5 million and $10.7 million as of December 31,
2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax
positions in interest and other income (expense), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, accruing
$0.3 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022,
respectively. Accrued interest and penalties are included within other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. The combined amount of cumulative accrued interest and penalties was approximately
$0.6 million, $0.4 million, and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022,
respectively. The Company does not believe there will be any significant changes in its unrecognized tax
positions over the next twelve months.
Note 18.
Restructuring Expenses
During 2022, the Company underwent several restructuring initiatives which consisted of: (i) certain
domestic and international restructurings in order to enhance and streamline certain engineering functions
for its domestic operations and to realign its international sales organization to better serve its customers in
various international markets, (ii) integration and functionalization of certain acquisitions, primarily the
340B Link business acquisition, to further accelerate the expansion of the Company’s pharmacy inventory
management capabilities, and (iii) committing to a plan to reduce the Company’s headcount as part of the
Company’s expense containment efforts implemented due to ongoing macroeconomic headwinds. During
the year ended December 31, 2022, the restructuring plans incurred $22.8 million of employee severance costs
and related expenses. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there was no unpaid balance related to the 2022
restructuring initiatives.
During 2023, due to challenging industry dynamics and macroeconomic conditions, the Company
underwent several expense containment measures such as a reduction of its headcount across many of its
functions and a reduction of its real estate footprint. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the
restructuring initiatives incurred $15.5 million of employee severance costs and related expenses, net of
reversals. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the unpaid balance related to the 2023 initiatives was $0.6 million
and $8.9 million, respectively.
F-44

On April 26, 2024, the Company’s management committed to the wind down of the Company’s
Medimat Robotic Dispensing System (“RDS”) product line, subject to local law and statutory works
council consultation requirements. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company incurred
approximately $6.6 million of employee severance costs and other expenses related to the RDS product line
wind down, net of immaterial reversals of previously recognized restructuring expenses. As of December 31,
2024, the unpaid balance related to this restructuring event was $2.5 million. In addition, during the year
ended December 31, 2024, the Company incurred $5.4 million of inventory write-down charges related to
the RDS product line wind down that were recorded to cost of revenues in the Company’s Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
Refer to Note 13, Lessee Leases for information regarding the Company’s restructuring activities for
the reduction of its real estate footprint and optimization of certain leased facilities.
The following table summarizes the total employee-related restructuring expense, net of reversals:
Year Ended December 31,
2024
2023
2022
(In thousands)
Cost of product and service revenues
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$4,504
$ 3,089
$ 8,018
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
419
3,829
3,615
Selling, general, and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
230
8,621
11,170
Total restructuring expenses, net of reversals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$5,153
$15,539
$22,803
F-45

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Balance at
Beginning of
Period(1)
Charged
(Credited) to
Costs and
Expenses(2)
Amounts
Written Off(3)
Other
Adjustments(4)
Balance at
End of
Period(1)
(In thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2022
Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables . . .
$5,272
$2,658
$(2,551)
$(226)
$5,153
Long-term unbilled receivables . . . . . . . . . . . .
26
9
—
—
35
Net investment in sales-type leases . . . . . . . . . .
228
80
—
—
308
Total allowances deducted from assets . . . . . .
$5,526
$2,747
$(2,551)
$(226)
$5,496
Year ended December 31, 2023
Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables . . .
$5,153
$2,726
$(2,441)
$ 126
$5,564
Long-term unbilled receivables . . . . . . . . . . . .
35
(4)
—
31
Net investment in sales-type leases . . . . . . . . . .
308
(51)
—
—
257
Total allowances deducted from assets . . . . . .
$5,496
$2,671
$(2,441)
$ 126
$5,852
Year ended December 31, 2024
Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables . . .
$5,564
$3,943
$(2,691)
$(171)
$6,645
Long-term unbilled receivables . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
48
—
79
Net investment in sales-type leases . . . . . . . . . .
257
(116)
—
—
141
Total allowances deducted from assets . . . . . .
$5,852
$3,875
$(2,691)
$(171)
$6,865
(1)
Allowance for credit losses.
(2)
Represents amounts charged and credited for provisions for credit losses.
(3)
Represents amounts written off from the allowance and receivable.
(4)
Represents other adjustments, such as foreign currency translation adjustments.
F-46

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
Incorporated By Reference
Form
Exhibit
Filing Date
2.1
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 29, 2015, by
and among Omnicell International, Inc., Omnicell, Inc.,
Aesynt Holding, L.P., Aesynt, Ltd., and Aesynt Holding
Coöperatief U.A.
8-K
2.1
10/29/2015
2.2
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 28, 2016, among
Omnicell, Inc., Ateb, Inc., Ateb Canada Ltd., the related
stockholders and optionholders, and the stockholders’ agent
8-K
2.1
11/29/2016
2.3
Equity Purchase Agreement, dated August 11, 2020, by and
among Omnicell, Inc., PSGH, LLC, BW Apothecary
Holdings, LLC, the sellers identified therein and the sellers’
representative
8-K
2.1
8/12/2020
2.4
Amendment No. 1, dated October 1, 2020, to Equity Purchase
Agreement, by and among Omnicell, Inc. and the sellers’
representative
10-Q
2.2
10/30/2020
3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
Omnicell, Inc.
8-K
3.1
9/20/2001
3.2
Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of Omnicell, Inc.
10-Q
3.2
8/9/2010
3.3
Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock
10-K
3.2
3/28/2003
3.4
Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Omnicell, Inc.
8-K
3.1
10/21/2022
4.1
Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4
4.2
Form of Common Stock Certificate
S-1/A
4.1
7/24/2001
4.3
Description of Omnicell, Inc.’s Securities Registered Pursuant
to Section 12 of the Exchange Act
10-K
4.7
2/26/2020
4.4
Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2020, by and between
Omnicell, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
8-K
4.1
9/25/2020
4.5
Form of Global Note, representing Omnicell, Inc.’s 0.25%
Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 (included as Exhibit A to
the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.4)
8-K
4.2
9/25/2020
4.6
Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2024, by and between
Omnicell, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
8-K
4.1
11/25/2024
4.7
Form of Global Note, representing Omnicell, Inc.’s 1.00%
Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (included as Exhibit A to
the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1)
8-K
4.2
11/25/2024
10.1*
Omnicell, Inc. Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan, as amended
S-8
99.1
5/26/2023
10.2*
Omnicell, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
S-8
99.1
6/21/2024
10.3*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for the 2009
Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
10-Q
10.4
8/9/2012
10.4*
Form of Performance Cash Award Grant Notice and Form of
Performance Cash Award Agreement for the 2009 Equity
Incentive Plan, as amended
10-Q
10.5
8/9/2012
10.5*
Form of Restricted Stock Bonus Grant Notice and Form of
Restricted Stock Bonus Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive
Plan, as amended
S-8
99.4
5/24/2018

Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
Incorporated By Reference
Form
Exhibit
Filing Date
10.6*
Form of Option Grant Notice and Form of Option
Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
8-K
10.1
3/8/2019
10.7*
Form of Option Grant Notice and Form of Global Option
Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
10-Q
10.1
7/31/2020
10.8*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Form of
Global Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2009
Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (July 2020)
10-K
10.9
2/24/2021
10.9*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Form of
Global Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2009
Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (February 2021)
10-K
10.10
2/24/2021
10.10
Lease Agreement, dated December 21, 2001, by and between
TC Northeast Metro, Inc. and Aesynt Incorporated (formerly
McKesson Automation Inc.)
10-Q
10.3
5/6/2016
10.11
First Amendment to Lease, dated April 8, 2005, by and
between Multi-Employer Property Trust and Aesynt
Incorporated (formerly McKesson Automation Inc.)
10-K
10.24
2/24/2021
10.12
Second Amendment to Lease, dated April 21, 2008, by and
between NewTower Trust Company Multi-Employer Property
Trust and Aesynt Incorporated (formerly McKesson
Automation Inc.)
10-K
10.25
2/24/2021
10.13
Third Amendment to Lease, dated January 11, 2011, between
Cranberry Cochran Road, L.P., et al. and Aesynt
Incorporated (formerly McKesson Automation Inc.)
10-K
10.26
2/24/2021
10.14
Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated October 29, 2013,
between McKnight Cranberry III, L.P. and Aesynt
Incorporated (formerly McKesson Automation Inc.)
10-K
10.27
2/24/2021
10.15
Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated April 28, 2017, between
McKnight Cranberry III, L.P. and Aesynt Incorporated
10-Q
10.3
5/5/2017
10.16
Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated November 11, 2019,
between McKnight Cranberry III, L.P. and Aesynt
Incorporated
10-K
10.39
2/26/2020
10.17
Form of Convertible Note Hedge Confirmation
8-K
10.1
9/25/2020
10.18
Form of Warrant Confirmation
8-K
10.2
9/25/2020
10.19*
Promotion letter between Omnicell, Inc. and Corey J. Manley
dated May 18, 2022
10-K
10.31
3/1/2023
10.20*
Offer Letter between Omnicell, Inc. and Nchacha E. Etta
dated April 30, 2023
10-Q
10.3
8/4/2023
10.21*
Form of Option Grant Notice and Form of Global Option
Agreement for 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended
(May 2023)
10-Q
10.4
8/4/2023
10.22*
Omnicell, Inc. Executive Severance Plan
10-Q
10.1
11/3/2023
10.23*
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Notice and Form of Global
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2009 Equity
Incentive Plan, as amended (August 2023)
10-Q
10.3
11/3/2023
10.24*
Form of Director and Officer Indemnity Agreement
10-K
10.32
2/28/2024
10.25*
Omnicell, Inc. Executive Bonus Plan
10-Q
10.1
5/7/2024

Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
Incorporated By Reference
Form
Exhibit
Filing Date
10.26*
Offer letter between Omnicell, Inc. and Nnamdi Njoku dated
August 15, 2024
10-Q
10.1
11/8/2024
10.27
First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2024 among Omnicell,
Inc., the lenders party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as administrative agent
8-K
10.1
11/18/2024
10.28
Form of Confirmation for Purchased Options
8-K
10.1
11/25/2024
10.29
Form of Confirmation for Warrants
8-K
10.2
11/25/2024
19.1*+
Insider Trading Policies
21.1+
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1+
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24.1+
Power of Attorney (included on the signature pages hereto)
31.1+
Certification of Chief Executive Officer, as required by
Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a)
31.2+
Certification of Chief Financial Officer, as required by
Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a)
32.1+
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, as required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and
Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States
Code (18 U.S.C. §1350)
97.1
Compensation Clawback Policy
10-K
97.1
2/28/2024
101.INS+
Inline XBRL Instance Document — The instance document
does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL
tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH+
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL+
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
Document
101.DEF+
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
Document
101.LAB+
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase
Document
101.PRE+
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Document
104+
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL
with applicable taxonomy extension information contained in
Exhibits 101).
*
Indicates a management contract, compensation plan, or arrangement.
+
Filed herewith.

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.
OMNICELL, INC.
Date: February 27, 2025
By:
/s/ NCHACHA E. ETTA
Nchacha E. Etta,
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial
Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the persons whose signature appears
below hereby constitutes and appoints Randall A. Lipps and Nchacha E. Etta, each of them acting individually,
as his or her attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities,
to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said
attorney-in-fact and any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been
signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ RANDALL A. LIPPS
Randall A. Lipps
Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman
of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)
February 27, 2025
/s/ NCHACHA E. ETTA
Nchacha E. Etta
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial
Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
February 27, 2025
/s/ BRIAN H. NUTT
Brian H. Nutt
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer
and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting
Officer)
February 27, 2025
/s/ JOANNE B. BAUER
Joanne B. Bauer
Director
February 27, 2025
/s/ EDWARD P. BOUSA
Edward P. Bousa
Director
February 27, 2025
/s/ MARY A. GARRETT
Mary A. Garrett
Director
February 27, 2025
/s/ KAUSHIK GHOSHAL
Kaushik Ghoshal
Director
February 27, 2025
S-1

Signature
Title
Date
/s/ MARK W. PARRISH
Mark W. Parrish
Director
February 27, 2025
/s/ BRUCE E. SCOTT
Bruce E. Scott
Director
February 27, 2025
/s/ ROBIN G. SEIM
Robin G. Seim
Director
February 27, 2025
/s/ EILEEN J. VOYNICK
Eileen J. Voynick
Director
February 27, 2025
S-2